WO2015174526A1 - Vehicle control system - Google Patents

Vehicle control system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015174526A1
WO2015174526A1 PCT/JP2015/064069 JP2015064069W WO2015174526A1 WO 2015174526 A1 WO2015174526 A1 WO 2015174526A1 JP 2015064069 W JP2015064069 W JP 2015064069W WO 2015174526 A1 WO2015174526 A1 WO 2015174526A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
vehicle
electronic key
information
smartphone
user
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/064069
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
寛隆 福田
勉 足立
林 茂
博司 前川
大介 毛利
健純 近藤
謙史 竹中
毅 川西
豪生 野澤
丈誠 横井
Original Assignee
エイディシーテクノロジー株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by エイディシーテクノロジー株式会社 filed Critical エイディシーテクノロジー株式会社
Priority to JP2016519318A priority Critical patent/JP6664048B2/en
Publication of WO2015174526A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015174526A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60RVEHICLES, VEHICLE FITTINGS, OR VEHICLE PARTS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60R16/00Electric or fluid circuits specially adapted for vehicles and not otherwise provided for; Arrangement of elements of electric or fluid circuits specially adapted for vehicles and not otherwise provided for
    • B60R16/02Electric or fluid circuits specially adapted for vehicles and not otherwise provided for; Arrangement of elements of electric or fluid circuits specially adapted for vehicles and not otherwise provided for electric constitutive elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60RVEHICLES, VEHICLE FITTINGS, OR VEHICLE PARTS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60R25/00Fittings or systems for preventing or indicating unauthorised use or theft of vehicles
    • B60R25/20Means to switch the anti-theft system on or off
    • B60R25/24Means to switch the anti-theft system on or off using electronic identifiers containing a code not memorised by the user
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E05LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
    • E05BLOCKS; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR; HANDCUFFS
    • E05B49/00Electric permutation locks; Circuits therefor ; Mechanical aspects of electronic locks; Mechanical keys therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a vehicle control system capable of remotely controlling a vehicle.
  • the vehicle control system includes an electronic key capable of wireless communication with a vehicle and a communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key.
  • the communication terminal includes a designation input unit and a command transmission unit.
  • the designation input unit receives designation input of a process item indicating the contents of the process to be executed for causing the vehicle to execute a specific process.
  • the command transmission unit transmits a processing command indicating the processing item input by the designation input unit to the electronic key.
  • the electronic key includes a command transmission unit that transmits a processing command indicating a processing item corresponding to the processing command to the vehicle when the processing command is received from the communication terminal.
  • the user of the vehicle can remotely control the vehicle by relaying the electronic key by operating the communication terminal.
  • the electronic key is a portable wireless communication device that can perform at least wireless communication with a vehicle and can transmit various data by wireless communication to the vehicle.
  • verification data necessary for verification between the electronic key and the vehicle is also transmitted.
  • the vehicle receives various data from the electronic key, it refers to the verification data contained in it, and when it is confirmed that the verification data is from the regular electronic key, it receives from the electronic key.
  • the various types of data are validated, and various processes based on the various types of data are executed.
  • the designation input unit is a means for accepting designation of processing items (that is, contents of processing to be executed on the vehicle) by the user. Processing items to be executed by the vehicle are received by the designation input unit.
  • the command transmission unit is means for wirelessly transmitting a processing command indicating a processing item to the electronic key. The process item received by the designation input unit is wirelessly transmitted to the electronic key by the command transmission unit. Thereby, the electronic key can recognize the processing item designated by the user in the communication terminal.
  • the communication terminal includes a terminal-side storage unit in which predetermined terminal-side unique information is stored, and the command transmission unit is stored in the terminal-side storage unit when transmitting the processing command to the electronic key.
  • the terminal side unique information may be transmitted.
  • the electronic key may include a key-side storage unit and a unique information determination unit.
  • the key-side storage unit stores predetermined key-side unique information.
  • the unique information determination unit When receiving the processing command and the terminal side unique information from the communication terminal, the unique information determination unit has a specific relationship between the received terminal side unique information and the key side unique information stored in the key side storage unit Determine whether or not. Then, the command transmission unit may transmit the processing command when the specific information determination unit determines that the specific relationship is established.
  • the terminal side unique information stored in the communication terminal is whether or not the processing instruction may be validated when the electronic key receives the processing instruction from the communication terminal (that is, relayed to the vehicle as the processing command) This information is used to make a determination (hereinafter also simply referred to as “authentication”).
  • the key side unique information stored in the electronic key is information for comparison with the terminal side unique information for performing the authentication.
  • the terminal-side specific information may be, for example, the above-described verification data (data used by the vehicle for verification of the electronic key).
  • the unique information determination unit of the electronic key is a means for performing the authentication when a processing command is received from the communication terminal. That is, when the processing information is received from the communication terminal, the unique information determining unit compares the terminal-side unique information received together with the processing command with the key-side unique information stored in the electronic key. And when both are in the specific relationship (for example, both correspond), the process command from a communication terminal is validated and the process command corresponding to the process example is transmitted to a vehicle.
  • the communication terminal may include at least one of an imaging unit that can capture a moving image and an audio input unit that can input audio.
  • designated input part may be able to receive designation
  • the user of the vehicle can specify a desired processing item by various methods when controlling the vehicle from the communication terminal. That is, a user-friendly system can be provided.
  • the present invention includes various devices (communication terminal, electronic key), a vehicle, a program for causing a computer to function as each unit constituting these various devices, vehicle control, and the like. It can be realized in various forms such as a method.
  • FIG. 1A is an explanatory diagram showing a usage image of the vehicle control system
  • FIG. 1B is a top view of the vehicle.
  • It is a block diagram which shows schematic structure of a smart phone.
  • It is explanatory drawing which shows the specific content of an operation menu screen.
  • It is a block diagram which shows schematic structure of an electronic key.
  • It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the electric power feeding method from a smart phone to an electronic key using a charging cable.
  • 1 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a vehicle. It is a flowchart which shows the vehicle operation application which the smart phone of 1st Embodiment performs. It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the vehicle operation process in FIG.
  • Fingerprint detection unit, 36, 56 BT communication unit, 39: USB receptacle, 40, 59 ... battery, 41, 60 ... regulator, 42, 61 ... non-contact power feeding / receiving unit, 43 ... camera, 44 ... image processing unit, 45, 83 ... 46, 84 ... voice processing unit, 48 ... operation menu screen, 53 ... transmission unit, 54 ... reception unit, 58, 86 ... operation input unit, 62 ... power input jack, 70 ... charging cable, 400 ... detection outside the vehicle compartment Area, 500: Detection area inside the vehicle.
  • the vehicle control system of this embodiment includes a vehicle 1, an electronic key 2, and a smartphone 3, and relays the electronic key 2 from the smartphone 3.
  • the vehicle 1 can be controlled.
  • the electronic key 2 is used to unlock and lock the door of the vehicle 1 and start the driving source for driving the vehicle 1 (engine in this embodiment) without directly inserting the mechanical key into the vehicle 1. It is a key having a wireless communication function used in As will be described later, a request signal is periodically transmitted from the vehicle 1. When the electronic key 2 enters an area where the request signal can be received, the request signal is received by the electronic key 2. When receiving the request signal from the vehicle 1, the electronic key 2 transmits a response signal and a user ID to the vehicle 1. When the vehicle 1 receives the response signal and the user ID from the electronic key 2, the vehicle 1 collates with the user ID of the vehicle 1 itself, and if the vehicle ID matches, the door can be unlocked / locked and the driving source for driving can be started. It becomes possible to operate. During the operable state, for example, when the user touches the touch sensor on the handle of the door, the door is unlocked (unlocked). Further, when the user presses a specific start button in the passenger compartment, the engine is started.
  • the user of the vehicle 1 unlocks and locks the vehicle 1 without using a mechanical key as in the prior art by approaching the vehicle 1 while holding the electronic key 2 in a pocket or a bag. Or start the engine.
  • the above-described functions are basic functions that can be realized by using the electronic key 2, and are functions that are already generally known and put into practical use.
  • a relay function for relaying communication between the smartphone 3 and the vehicle 1 is provided as will be described later.
  • a remote control advanced control system is realized.
  • FIG. 1A shows a state in which a user 4 who is carrying the electronic key 2 in a jacket pocket is operating the smartphone 3 near the vehicle 1.
  • the user 4 can operate each part of the vehicle 1, move the vehicle 1, and acquire information from the vehicle 1 by operating the smartphone 3.
  • FIG. 1B is a view of the vehicle 1 as viewed from above.
  • the vehicle 1 includes four doors 15 in total, left and right, a luggage door 16, two door mirrors 18 in total, a wiper 19, two headlights 20 provided on the left and right sides of the front end of the vehicle, and four corners. And four winkers 21.
  • Each door 15 is provided with a window 17.
  • a fixed portion 22 and a vehicle interior camera 24 are provided in the vehicle interior of the vehicle 1.
  • the fixing portion 22 is provided on the rear ceiling in the vehicle interior.
  • the fixing unit 22 is configured to fix various communication terminals including the smartphone 3.
  • the fixing unit 22 is provided with a USB plug 23.
  • the vehicle interior camera 24 is provided on the front ceiling in the vehicle interior.
  • the vehicle interior camera 24 is provided so as to be able to photograph almost the entire interior of the photographing vehicle interior from the front side of the vehicle interior.
  • a detection area in which the vehicle 1 can detect the presence of the electronic key 2 is formed in the vehicle 1.
  • a vehicle interior detection area 400 is formed outside the vehicle 1, and a vehicle interior detection area 500 is formed inside the vehicle 1.
  • Each of these detection areas 400 and 500 is formed by a vehicle interior transmitter 4 and a vehicle interior transmitter 5 (both not shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B, see FIG. 6).
  • the vehicle interior detection area 500 is an area where the electronic key 2 can receive a request signal transmitted from a vehicle interior transmitter 5 provided in the vehicle 1.
  • the outside detection area 400 is an area where the electronic key 2 can receive a request signal transmitted from the outside transmitter 4 provided on the side surface of the vehicle 1 outside the vehicle 1.
  • ranges of the areas 400 and 500 shown in FIG. 1B are merely examples.
  • the specific ranges of the vehicle exterior detection area and the vehicle interior detection area can be adjusted by adjusting the installation position and the number of installation of the transmitters 4 and 5 and appropriately transmitting each transmitter 4 and 5 with a desired radio wave emission characteristic. It can set suitably by selecting.
  • the smartphone 3 is a multi-function portable information terminal having a plurality of types of communication functions including a voice call function via a mobile phone network.
  • the smartphone 3 has at least wireless communication by a first communication method (hereinafter referred to as “first communication”) and wireless communication (hereinafter referred to as “BT communication”) by Bluetooth (registered trademark; the same shall apply hereinafter) as a wireless communication function. And two types of wireless communication functions.
  • the first communication is a communication method capable of wireless communication over a long distance.
  • the first communication is a wireless communication method using a mobile phone network. Therefore, as long as the smart phone 3 exists within the communication range of the mobile phone, the user of the smart phone 3 can perform a voice call and data communication in the first communication.
  • BT communication is a well-known short-range wireless communication method using 2.4 GHz band radio waves.
  • the smartphone 3 includes a control unit 31, a memory 32, a display unit 33, a touch panel 34, a first communication unit 35, a BT communication unit 36, a GPS reception unit 37, and a USB interface. (Hereinafter abbreviated as “USB I / F”) 38, USB receptacle 39, battery 40, regulator 41, non-contact power supply / reception unit 42, camera 43, image processing unit 44, microphone 45, and audio processing A unit 46 and a tag reader / writer 47.
  • USB I / F USB receptacle
  • the control unit 31 includes a microcomputer provided with a CPU, ROM, RAM, I / O, etc. (not shown).
  • the control unit 31 controls various circuits and functional blocks in the smartphone 3 including each unit connected to the control unit 31.
  • Various programs including a vehicle operation application 32a described later are executed by the CPU of the control unit 31.
  • the memory 32 is a nonvolatile memory capable of electrically rewriting stored contents, and is a flash memory in this embodiment.
  • the memory 32 stores various programs and data.
  • the programs and data stored in the memory 32 include a vehicle operation application 32a, vehicle operation menu data 32b, a voice pattern 32c, a gesture pattern 32d, ID information 32e, and authentication information 32f.
  • the display unit 33 is a display device (for example, a liquid crystal display) that can display various images and information.
  • the touch panel 34 is a well-known input device capable of performing an input operation by touching with an indicator such as a fingertip or a dedicated pen.
  • the touch panel 34 is disposed so as to overlap almost the entire image display area in the display unit 33.
  • the touch panel 34 includes a fingerprint detection unit 34a.
  • the fingerprint detection unit 34a detects the fingerprint of the touched portion.
  • Fingerprint data (fingerprint data) detected by the fingerprint detection unit 34 a is input to the control unit 31.
  • the method for detecting the fingerprint may be another method.
  • the smart phone 3 is equipped with at least 1 switch operated by the user as an input device other than the touch panel 34.
  • the first communication unit 35 is a wireless communication interface for transmitting and receiving the first communication radio wave.
  • the BT communication unit 36 is a wireless communication interface for realizing BT communication.
  • the GPS receiver 37 receives radio waves from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) satellites and outputs information included in the received radio waves to the control unit 31.
  • the control unit 31 can detect the current position (for example, latitude and longitude) of the smartphone 3 based on the information received by the GPS receiving unit 37.
  • USB I / F 38 is an interface for performing serial communication of USB (Universal Serial Bus) standard.
  • the USB receptacle 39 can be inserted with a USB plug.
  • a data communication interface of another standard may be provided instead of the USB, and a data communication interface of another standard may be provided in addition to the USB.
  • the battery 40 is a rechargeable secondary battery.
  • the battery 40 may be other power storage means (for example, a primary battery, a fuel cell, etc.) other than the secondary battery.
  • the regulator 41 is a power supply circuit for converting the voltage of the battery 40 into a constant voltage having a predetermined voltage value and supplying the converted voltage to the control unit 31 and other circuits.
  • the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 can supply power to the outside by a non-contact power feeding method, and can receive power from the outside.
  • the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 releases the DC power of the battery 40 to the outside by, for example, an electromagnetic induction method.
  • the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 converts the electric power received from the outside into direct current and outputs it to at least one of the battery 40 and the regulator 41.
  • the operation of the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 is controlled by the control unit 31.
  • the camera 43 is an imaging device that can capture still images and moving images.
  • the image processing unit 44 processes a still image or a moving image captured by the camera 43 (for example, generates still image or moving image data) and inputs the processing result to the control unit 31.
  • the control unit 31 can recognize the contents of still images and moving images taken by the camera 43 based on data input from the image processing unit 44.
  • the microphone 45 converts external sound into an electrical signal.
  • the audio processing unit 46 processes the audio signal collected by the microphone 45 and converted into an electric signal into digital audio data and outputs the digital audio data to the control unit 31.
  • the control unit 31 can recognize the content of the sound collected by the microphone 45 based on the sound data input from the sound processing unit 46.
  • the tag reader / writer 47 is a communication module for performing non-contact data communication with an RF tag external to the smartphone 3. By holding the smartphone 3 over an external RF tag, the tag reader / writer 47 can communicate with the RF tag and can read data from the RF tag or write data to the RF tag.
  • an RF tag 63 is built in the electronic key 2. Therefore, by holding the smartphone 3 over the electronic key 2, the tag reader / writer 47 of the smartphone 3 can perform data communication with the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2.
  • the vehicle operation application 32 a stored in the memory 32 is application software for controlling the vehicle 1 by relaying the electronic key 2 from the smartphone 3.
  • the vehicle operation application 32a can be provided on the smartphone 3 by receiving a provision from a manufacturer or dealer of the vehicle 1 via a medium or an electric communication line, for example.
  • the vehicle operation menu data 32b stored in the memory 32 is a database used when the vehicle operation application 32a is executed, is provided together with the vehicle operation application 32a, and is stored in the memory 32 when the vehicle operation application 32a is installed. However, it is also possible to install or update separately from the vehicle operation application 32a.
  • the vehicle operation menu data 32b includes various data for displaying the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG.
  • the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG. 3 is a screen in which icons of items of operation contents that can operate the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3 are listed.
  • the icons displayed on the operation menu screen 48 include a “light blinking” icon indicating an operation item for blinking the headlight 20 for a certain period of time, a “blinker blinking” icon indicating an operation item for blinking the blinker 21 for a certain period of time, and an air conditioner on.
  • Icons that are not displayed on the display unit 33 can be displayed by performing a swipe operation or a flick operation in the vertical direction on the touch panel 34 to scroll the display content in the vertical direction.
  • the selection information is transmitted to the vehicle 1 via the electronic key 2 as described later, and the door mirror 18 of the vehicle 1 is moved. It closes automatically.
  • the user can determine which door lock is the operation target, and whether the lock of the operation target door is opened or closed.
  • a plurality of icons for selection are displayed.
  • the selection information is transmitted to the vehicle 1 via the electronic key 2, and the door lock is opened and closed according to the selected operation content. . Therefore, for example, the user can open and close the locks of all the doors 15 or selectively open and close only the locks of the specific doors 15.
  • the selection information (specifically, an electronic key control command to be described later) is transmitted to the electronic key 2.
  • the electronic key 2 receives the electronic key control command from the smartphone 3, the electronic key 2 executes a command response process (S124 in FIG. 10 described later) corresponding to the electronic key control command.
  • the selection information is transmitted to the vehicle 1 via the electronic key 2.
  • an operation command indicating a vehicle interior image acquisition request is transmitted to the vehicle 1.
  • the vehicle interior camera 24 is operated to acquire a still image or a moving image in the vehicle interior.
  • the acquired still image or moving image is transmitted to the smart phone 3 by 1st communication, for example.
  • the smartphone 3 receives the shooting data of the in-vehicle camera 24 from the vehicle 1, the smartphone 3 displays the shooting data on the display unit 33.
  • the user selectively selects a plurality of operation items set as the vehicle operation menu data 32b for the vehicle 1 using the vehicle operation application 32a installed in the smartphone 3. Can be executed.
  • the operation item is designated by a voice or gesture in the present embodiment in addition to the selection operation on the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG. Is possible.
  • the memory 32 stores sound data corresponding to each operation item as a sound pattern 32c. Therefore, when the user utters a word indicating a specific operation item (any one of the voices stored as the voice pattern 32c) toward the microphone 45, the control unit 31 is requested to execute the operation item. Judgment is performed and processing necessary to execute the operation item is executed. For example, when the user says “Close the door mirror”, the control unit 31 recognizes that an operation for closing the door mirror 18 is requested, and causes the door mirror 18 to close. In other words, in this example, the same result as that obtained by tapping the door mirror closing icon on the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG. 3 can be obtained.
  • gestures corresponding to the respective operation items are stored as gesture patterns 32d. Therefore, when the user makes a gesture indicating a specific operation item toward the camera 43 (any of the gestures stored as the gesture pattern 32d), the control unit 31 determines that an execution request for the operation item has been made. Then, a process necessary for executing the operation item is executed.
  • the ID information 32e stored in the memory 32 includes a terminal ID unique to the smartphone 3. Further, the ID information 32 e includes a user ID unique to the vehicle 1 that is necessary for remotely operating the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3. This user ID is also stored in the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1.
  • the storage of the user ID in the vehicle 1 and the electronic key 2 is performed by a vehicle manufacturer or a dealer when the vehicle 1 is shipped, for example.
  • the storage of the user ID in the smartphone 3 is performed, for example, by a notification from a manufacturer or a dealer of the vehicle 1 through a predetermined procedure, and the user inputs it to the smartphone 3.
  • the authentication information 32f stored in the memory 32 includes at least one authentication data for authenticating whether or not the user of the smartphone 3 is an authorized user.
  • the authentication information 32f includes, as the authentication data, a regular user's fingerprint data (registered fingerprint data), a regular user's face image data (registered face data), and a regular user's voice data (registered voice data). , At least one of them is included.
  • a regular user's fingerprint data registered fingerprint data
  • a regular user's face image data registered face data
  • voice data registered voice data
  • the electronic key 2 is a lightweight and small portable communication terminal that can be easily carried by a user.
  • the electronic key 2 includes first communication and BT communication as a wireless communication function, like the smartphone 3.
  • the electronic key 2 includes wireless communication (hereinafter abbreviated as “second communication”) using the second communication method as a wireless communication function. Similar to the first communication, the second communication is a communication method capable of wireless communication over a long distance. The second communication may be, for example, a wireless LAN or another wireless communication method.
  • the electronic key 2 also has a wireless communication function (hereinafter referred to as “smart communication”) that returns a response signal and a user ID in response to receiving a request signal from the vehicle 1.
  • the electronic key 2 includes a control unit 51, a memory 52, a transmission unit 53, a reception unit 54, a first communication unit 55, a BT communication unit 56, and a second communication unit 57. , An operation input unit 58, a battery 59, a regulator 60, a non-contact power supply / reception unit 61, and a power input jack 62.
  • the control unit 51 includes a microcomputer provided with a CPU, ROM, RAM, I / O, etc. (not shown).
  • the control unit 51 controls various circuits and functional blocks in the electronic key 2 including each unit connected to the control unit 51.
  • the memory 52 is a nonvolatile memory capable of electrically rewriting stored contents, and is a flash memory in this embodiment.
  • the memory 52 stores various programs and data.
  • the data stored in the memory 52 includes ID information 52a and BT pairing information 52b.
  • the ID information 52 a includes a user ID unique to the vehicle 1. This user ID is the same as the user ID stored as one of the ID information 32e in the memory 32 of the smartphone 3, and is also stored in the vehicle 1 as described above.
  • the BT pairing information 52b the BT communication between the electronic key 2 and other communication devices, such as unique information (for example, link key) generated when BT communication is paired, is connected. The information necessary for this is included.
  • the generated unique information and pairing partner user information are provided for each other communication device of the pairing partner (that is, for each other user capable of BT communication). Are stored in association with each other. Therefore, when starting the BT communication with another communication device, the electronic key 2 can identify the user of the communication partner by performing authentication based on the unique information of the communication partner.
  • the receiving unit 54 receives and demodulates a request signal transmitted from the vehicle 1 by radio waves in a predetermined frequency band, and outputs the request signal to the control unit 51.
  • the control unit 51 When the request signal is input from the reception unit 54, the control unit 51 generates response data and outputs the response data to the transmission unit 53.
  • the response data includes a predetermined response signal and a user ID stored in the memory 52 as the ID information 52a.
  • the transmission unit 53 modulates the response data input from the control unit 51 into radio waves in a predetermined frequency band and transmits the modulated data to the vehicle 1.
  • each detection area 400, 500 that can receive a request signal is set. Therefore, when the electronic key 2 is not in any of the detection areas 400 and 500, the request signal is not received.
  • the request signal from the vehicle 1 can be received by the electronic key 2.
  • the request signal from the vehicle 1 is repeatedly transmitted at a constant cycle as will be described later. Therefore, while the electronic key 2 is in any one of the detection areas 400 and 500, the request signal is periodically received by the electronic key 2. Each time the electronic key 2 receives a request signal, the electronic key 2 transmits a response signal to the request signal.
  • the first communication unit 55 is a wireless communication interface for transmitting and receiving radio waves of the first communication.
  • the BT communication unit 56 is a wireless communication interface for realizing BT communication.
  • the second communication unit 57 is a wireless communication interface for transmitting and receiving radio waves for the second communication.
  • the operation input unit 58 is an input device that can accept an input operation by a user.
  • a specific configuration of the operation input unit 58 includes, for example, a push button type switch.
  • a touch panel may be provided as the operation input unit 58.
  • the battery 59 is a rechargeable secondary battery.
  • the regulator 60 is a power supply circuit for converting the voltage of the battery 59 into a constant voltage having a predetermined voltage value and supplying the same to the control unit 51 and other circuits.
  • the non-contact power supply / reception unit 61 has the same configuration as the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 of the smartphone 3 and can supply power to the outside or receive power from the outside by a non-contact power supply method. It is.
  • the operation of the non-contact power supply / reception unit 61 is controlled by the control unit 51.
  • the power input jack 62 is a jack into which a plug of an external charging adapter is inserted and removed.
  • the battery 59 can be charged by inputting DC power from the outside via the power input jack 62, and conversely, the DC power of the battery 59 can be supplied to the outside.
  • the charging cable 70 includes a USB plug 71, a USB side cable 72, a power supply adapter 73, a pin side cable 74, and a power supply plug 75.
  • the USB plug 71 is connected to the USB receptacle 39 of the smartphone 3 and the power supply plug 75 is inserted into the power input jack 62 of the electronic key 2, the DC power of the battery 40 of the smartphone 3 is supplied to the electronic key 2 via the power supply adapter 73. Is done.
  • both the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 are provided with a non-contact power supply / reception unit. Therefore, when both the non-contact power supply / reception units 42 and 61 are opposed to each other within a predetermined distance, it is possible to supply power from one to the other.
  • the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 becomes insufficient in capacity, it receives power from other devices such as the smartphone 3 in a non-contact manner or by using a cable to charge the battery 59 or the regulator 60. By operating, each part in the electronic key 2 can be operated normally.
  • the RF key 63 is built in the electronic key 2.
  • the RF tag 63 stores a user ID.
  • the smartphone 3 is held over and the RF tag 63 starts data communication with the tag reader / writer 47 of the smartphone 3, the RF tag 63 acquires a user ID from the smartphone 3. And if it compares with own user ID and it corresponds, own user ID and an application starting request
  • the vehicle 1 of this embodiment is a vehicle having an engine (internal combustion engine) as a driving source for traveling.
  • the vehicle 1 includes a control unit 10.
  • the control unit 10 includes a microcomputer provided with a CPU, ROM, RAM, I / O, etc. (not shown).
  • the control unit 10 controls various circuits and functional blocks in the vehicle 1 including each unit connected to the control unit 10.
  • the vehicle includes at least a door mirror 18, a wiper 19, a headlight 20, a blinker 21, a vehicle interior camera 24, a display unit 26, and a USB I / F 27.
  • a plurality of doors 15, windows 17, door mirrors 18, wipers 19, headlights 20, and blinkers 21 are provided as shown in FIG. 1B.
  • the engine unit 11 includes an engine and an engine control unit that controls the engine.
  • the control unit 10 can control the operation of the engine via an engine control unit in the engine unit 11.
  • the brake unit 12 includes a brake mechanism provided in the vehicle 1 and a brake control unit that controls the brake mechanism.
  • the steering unit 13 includes a steering mechanism that steers the wheels of the vehicle 1 and a steering control unit that controls the steering mechanism.
  • the steering system of this embodiment is a so-called steer-by-wire type electric steering system. That is, the steering wheel operated by the driver and the steering shaft are not mechanically directly connected, and the steering shaft is driven by the motor according to the operation of the steering wheel by the driver. Therefore, the control unit 10 can freely move the steered wheels by controlling the steering unit 13.
  • the control unit 10 executes various functions based on various programs and data stored in the memory 25.
  • the memory 25 is a nonvolatile memory capable of electrically rewriting stored contents, and is a flash memory in the present embodiment.
  • the data stored in the memory 25 includes ID information 25a and function restriction information 25b.
  • the ID information 25 a includes a user ID unique to the vehicle 1. This user ID is the same as the user ID stored in the memory 32 of the smartphone 3 and the memory 52 of the electronic key 2.
  • the function restriction information 25b is information for restricting the function of the vehicle 1 according to the positional relationship between the three of the vehicle 1, the smartphone 3, and the electronic key 2. Whether the electronic key 2 is located outside the vehicle interior detection area 500, the vehicle exterior detection area 400, or outside the detection area, and where the smartphone 3 exists (for example, whether it is inside or outside the vehicle 1) ), Etc., information such as whether or not to restrict the function of the vehicle 1 and which function is specifically restricted if restricted is stored as the function restriction information 25b. Some of the function restriction information 25b is stored by default at the time of shipment of the vehicle 1, but can be customized by the user of the vehicle 1.
  • a specific function is provided. It can also be restricted. For example, when the electronic key 2 exists in the detection area of the vehicle 1 but the smartphone 3 exists at a position far from the vehicle 1 (that is, when the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 are greatly separated). It is also possible to restrict certain functions.
  • the vehicle 1 includes a first communication and a second communication as a wireless communication function.
  • the first communication unit 7 is a wireless communication interface for transmitting and receiving radio waves for the first communication
  • the second communication unit 8 is a radio communication interface for transmitting and receiving radio waves for the second communication.
  • the GPS receiver 9 receives radio waves from a plurality of GPS satellites and outputs information included in the received radio waves to the controller 10.
  • the controller 10 can detect the current position (for example, latitude and longitude) of the vehicle 1 based on the information received by the GPS receiver 9.
  • the vehicle 1 also has a wireless communication (smart communication) function of periodically transmitting a request signal for the electronic key 2 and receiving a response signal and a user ID from the electronic key 2 for the request signal.
  • the vehicle exterior transmitter 4, the vehicle interior transmitter 5, and the receiver 6 are provided to realize this smart communication.
  • the vehicle interior transmitter 4 and the vehicle interior transmitter 5 periodically transmit request signals based on instructions from the control unit 10.
  • a plurality of vehicle interior transmitters 4 and vehicle interior transmitters 5 are provided. That is, the plurality of vehicle interior transmitters 5 form the vehicle interior detection area 500 shown in FIG. 1B (an area in which a request signal from any vehicle interior transmitter 5 can be received).
  • the plurality of outside-vehicle transmitters 4 form an outside-vehicle detection area 400 (an area in which a request signal from any one of the outside-vehicle transmitters 4 can be received) shown in FIG. 1B.
  • the receiver 6 can receive various signals transmitted from the electronic key 2.
  • the signal received by the receiver 6 from the electronic key 2 includes a response signal to the request signal transmitted from each of the transmitters 4 and 5.
  • the request signal includes identification information indicating the transmitter of the transmission source of the request signal.
  • the electronic key 2 receives the request signal, the electronic key 2 returns a response signal to the request signal and the identification information included in the request signal. Add and send. Therefore, when the response signal is received by the receiver 6, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 determines whether the electronic key 2 is at least inside or outside the vehicle 1 based on the identification information added to the response signal. Can be determined.
  • the display unit 26 is a display device (for example, a liquid crystal display) that can display various images and information.
  • the USB I / F 27 is an interface for performing USB standard serial communication.
  • the USB plug 23 can be connected to a USB receptacle.
  • the smartphone 3 When the smartphone 3 is mounted on the fixing portion 22 (see FIG. 1B) of the vehicle 1, the smartphone 3 is fixed in a state where the rear of the vehicle 1 can be photographed by the camera 43. That is, the lens of the camera 43 is fixed in a state where it faces the rear of the vehicle.
  • the smartphone 3 When the smartphone 3 is attached to the fixed portion 22 of the vehicle 1, the USB receptacle 39 of the smartphone 3 and the USB plug 23 (see FIG. 6) of the vehicle 1 are connected, and USB data is transmitted between the smartphone 3 and the vehicle 1. Communication is possible.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 can acquire various types of information from the smartphone 3 while being in a state where data communication by USB with the smartphone 3 is possible.
  • One of the information that can be acquired from the smartphone 3 by the control unit 10 is a still image or a moving image captured by the camera 43 of the smartphone 3.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 acquires the shooting data of the camera 43 of the smartphone 3 in real time according to a predetermined timing (for example, when the gear is set to the back) or a user operation, and displays the display unit 26. Can be displayed. That is, by fixing the smartphone 3 to the fixing unit 22 of the vehicle 1, the user of the vehicle 1 displays an image of the rear of the vehicle 1 on the display unit 26 as necessary, and the situation of the rear of the vehicle 1 is displayed. Can be confirmed.
  • photography data from the smart phone 3 is not limited to USB.
  • Shooting data may be acquired using a communication interface other than USB.
  • photographing data may be acquired from the smartphone 3 by wireless communication such as first communication.
  • the vehicle 1 can exhibit functions equivalent to those of a conventional electronic key system through smart communication with the electronic key 2. That is, when the user having the electronic key 2 enters each detection area 400, 500 of the vehicle 1, the user locks / unlocks each door 15 and starts / stops the engine without touching the key. be able to. However, in this case, the unlocking of each door 15 is realized by the user touching the touch sensor of the door handle. Each door 15 is locked by the user pressing a door lock switch on the door handle. The engine is started / stopped by a user pressing and operating a push switch provided near the driver's seat.
  • the user can remotely operate the vehicle 1 by relaying the electronic key 2 from the smartphone 3 without directly touching the vehicle 1.
  • the remote control function by the smart phone 3 is provided.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 3 (specifically, the CPU in the control unit 31) reads and executes the program of the vehicle operation application 32a from the memory 32 when a predetermined application activation process is performed by the user.
  • the control part 31 of the smart phone 3 will perform application user authentication by S10, if execution of the vehicle operation application 32a is started.
  • the application user authentication is a process of determining whether or not the user who is executing the vehicle operation application 32a is a user (permitted user) permitted to execute the application.
  • Application user authentication is performed using at least one of the user's fingerprint, voice, and face image.
  • the memory 32 of the smartphone 3 stores registered fingerprint data, registered face data, and registered voice data as the authentication information 32f. Therefore, for example, whether or not the user inputs a fingerprint and the input fingerprint matches the registered fingerprint data, or whether or not the user's face image is captured by the camera 43 and the face image matches the registered face data, for example. Further, for example, the application user authentication can be performed by making the user speak and determining whether or not the voice data matches the registered voice data exceeding the voice.
  • S12 based on the result of the application user authentication in S10, it is determined whether or not the user executing the vehicle operation application 32a is an authorized user. If the user executing the vehicle operation application 32a is not an authorized user (S12: NO), a predetermined user authentication error process is executed in S20, and the process of the vehicle operation application 32a is terminated.
  • an authentication request signal is transmitted to the electronic key 2 through the first communication in S14.
  • This authentication request signal includes the user ID stored in the smartphone 3.
  • the electronic key 2 performs user ID authentication as described later, and determines whether or not it matches the user ID stored in the electronic key 2. If they match, an operation permission signal is transmitted from the electronic key 2, and if they do not match, an operation rejection signal is transmitted from the electronic key 2.
  • S16 it is determined whether an operation permission signal or an operation rejection signal is received from the electronic key 2 in response to the authentication request signal transmitted in S14.
  • the process proceeds to S20, and user authentication error processing is performed.
  • the operation permission signal is received (S16: YES)
  • the process proceeds to S18 and the vehicle operation process is executed.
  • the selection of the vehicle operation method by the user is accepted.
  • the user can specify the operation content with respect to the smartphone 3 using any of the three types of instruction methods.
  • one of the three types of instruction methods displays the operation menu screen 48 on the display unit 33, and taps an icon of a desired operation item (operation content). It is a method to make it select.
  • the other two of the three types of instruction methods are the above-described voice or gesture methods. The user can select which method to specify the operation content from among tap operation, voice, and gesture.
  • the selection result of the vehicle operation method accepted in S22 is determined. If a tap operation is selected, the process proceeds to S26, if a gesture is selected, the process proceeds to S32, and if a voice is selected. The process proceeds to S40.
  • S26 which is shifted when the tap operation is selected as the vehicle operation method, the operation menu screen 48 (see FIG. 3) is displayed on the display unit 33.
  • S28 one of the selections from the list of operation items displayed on the operation menu screen 48 is accepted.
  • an operation command corresponding to the operation item selected in S28 is generated. For example, when “slow advance” is selected as the operation item, an operation command corresponding to the slow advance is generated to advance the vehicle 1 by a minute distance. After S30, the process proceeds to S48.
  • the camera 43 is activated to start capturing the moving image of the user.
  • S34 based on the moving image photographed by the camera 43, it is determined whether the user has shown a gesture corresponding to the prescribed gesture pattern. This determination is performed by determining whether or not the gesture indicated by the user matches any of the prescribed gestures stored as the gesture pattern 32d in the memory 32. Then, when the user indicates a gesture that matches the prescribed gesture pattern, the gesture is recognized.
  • the operation content corresponding to the prescribed gesture pattern recognized in S34 is displayed on the display unit 33. Thereby, the user can confirm whether or not the gesture indicated by the user is correctly recognized.
  • an operation command corresponding to the prescribed gesture pattern recognized in S34 is generated. For example, when the user shows a gesture indicating “air conditioner on” (the gesture stored as the gesture pattern 32d) and is recognized correctly, the user corresponds to turning on the air conditioner for operating the air conditioner of the vehicle 1 Generate an operation command. After S38, the process proceeds to S48.
  • the voice input by the microphone 45 is set to the standby state. That is, it is in a state where voice input and recognition can be executed.
  • S42 based on the user's voice input to the microphone 45, it is determined whether the user has spoken a word corresponding to a prescribed voice pattern. This determination is made by determining whether or not the word spoken by the user matches any of the words stored in the memory 32 as the voice pattern 32c. When the user speaks a word corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern, the voice pattern is recognized.
  • the operation content corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern recognized in S42 is displayed on the display unit 33.
  • the user can confirm whether or not the word spoken by the user is correctly recognized.
  • an operation command corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern recognized in S42 is generated. For example, when the user speaks a word indicating “door mirror closed” (a word stored as the voice pattern 32 c) and recognizes it correctly, the user closes the door mirror for closing the door mirror 18 of the vehicle 1. Generate a corresponding operation command. After S46, the process proceeds to S48.
  • the operation command generated in S30, S38, or S46, the user ID, the terminal ID, and the position information of the smartphone 3 are transmitted to the electronic key 2 by the first communication.
  • the position information of the smartphone 3 is position information (GPS information) detected based on information received by the GPS receiving unit 37. In addition to the GPS information, when information indicating the current position of the smartphone 3 can be acquired, the information may be transmitted as position information.
  • the error notification that the smartphone 3 may receive from the electronic key 2 includes a first error notification (see S120 in FIG. 10), a second error notification (see S136), and a third error, as will be described later. Notification (see S140) and fourth error notification (S144).
  • the process proceeds to S54. If any error notification is received from the electronic key 2 (S50: YES), a predetermined error is displayed on the display unit 33 in S52, and the process proceeds to S58.
  • the error display to be displayed in S52 may be common display content or different display content for each of four types of error notifications.
  • S54 it is determined whether or not a relay completion signal is received from the electronic key 2.
  • This relay completion signal is a signal transmitted from the electronic key 2 in S146 of FIG.
  • the process proceeds to S58.
  • the relay completion signal is not received from the electronic key 2 (S54: NO)
  • the communication abnormality information is displayed on the display unit 33 in S56.
  • the communication abnormality information in S56 is information for notifying the user that the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 cannot communicate normally.
  • the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 are located at a distance close to each other (that is, whether BT communication is possible with each other). If it does not exist at a short distance after it has been determined that it is present, the fact (that is, the fact that the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 have been released) is notified to the user by image or sound. Good.
  • S58 it is determined whether or not the user has performed a predetermined ending operation for ending the vehicle operation application 32a. If the ending operation has not been performed (S58: NO), the process returns to S22. When the ending operation is performed (S58: YES), the vehicle operation application 32a is ended.
  • the electronic key control processing program is stored in the memory 52 of the electronic key 2.
  • the controller 51 of the electronic key 2 (specifically, repeatedly executes the electronic key control process shown in FIG. 9 at a predetermined control cycle.
  • the control unit 51 of the electronic key 2 determines whether or not a request signal transmitted from the vehicle 1 by smart communication is received in S102. When the request signal from the vehicle 1 has not been received (S102: NO), the process proceeds to S106. When the request signal from the vehicle 1 is received (S102: YES), a response process is executed in S104, and the process proceeds to S106.
  • the response process of S104 is a process of transmitting a response signal and a user ID to the vehicle 1 by smart communication (that is, from the transmission unit 53).
  • S106 it is determined whether an authentication request signal is received from the smartphone 3 through the first communication.
  • the authentication request signal has not been received (S106: NO)
  • the process proceeds to S114.
  • the authentication request signal is received (S106: YES)
  • S108 it is determined whether or not the user ID included in the authentication request signal matches the user ID stored in the electronic key 2 (that is, the user ID collation).
  • the process proceeds to S112.
  • the operation rejection signal is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication.
  • the process proceeds to S114.
  • the process proceeds to S110.
  • the operation permission signal is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication. After the processing of S110, the process proceeds to S114.
  • S114 it is determined whether data is received from the smartphone 3 through the first communication.
  • the data here means the operation command, the user ID, the terminal ID, and the location information of the smartphone 3 transmitted in S48 of FIG. If no data is received from the smartphone 3 through the first communication (S114: NO), the electronic key control process is terminated. When data is received from the smartphone 3 by the first communication (S114: YES), the process proceeds to the relay process of S116.
  • S118 it is determined whether the user ID included in the data received from the smartphone 3 matches the user ID stored in the electronic key 2. (That is, user ID verification). As a result of the user ID verification, if it is determined that the two user IDs do not match (S118: NO), in S120, the first error notification is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication, and the electronic key control process is terminated. . If it is determined that the user IDs match as a result of the user ID verification (S118: YES), the process proceeds to S122.
  • the operation command in the received data is an electronic key control command.
  • the electronic key control command is an operation command transmitted when the “electronic key control” icon is selected on the operation menu screen 48 (see FIG. 3). If the operation command is not an electronic key control command (S122: NO), the process proceeds to S126. If the operation command is an electronic key control command (S122: YES), command response processing is executed in S124.
  • the specific details of the command response process can be determined as appropriate. For example, a part of the function of the electronic key 2 (for example, response processing to a request signal from the vehicle 1) can be stopped, or all the functions of the electronic key 2 can be stopped. Further, for example, the operation state of the electronic key 2 can be transmitted from the electronic key 2. Specifically, the remaining amount of the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 (hereinafter also referred to as “battery remaining amount”) is transmitted, or information indicating whether the electronic key 2 is present in the detection area of the vehicle 1 is transmitted. You can make it.
  • an operation command corresponding to the operation command included in the data received from the smartphone 3 is generated. For example, when an operation command indicating door mirror closing is received, an operation command indicating door mirror closing is generated.
  • S1208 it is determined whether or not the electronic key 2 is present in the detection area of the vehicle 1. Specifically, based on whether or not the request signal from the vehicle 1 is received by the receiving unit 54, if it is not received, it is determined that it exists outside the detection area. Judged to exist in the detection area.
  • the process proceeds to S130.
  • the operation command generated in S126, the user ID, the terminal ID, and the location information of the smartphone 3 included in the received data from the smartphone 3 are transmitted to the vehicle 1 by smart communication. After the transmission, the process proceeds to S138.
  • the electronic key 2 is not present in the detection area of the vehicle 1 (S128: NO), it is determined in S132 whether remote operation of the vehicle 1 by the smartphone 3 is permitted. Whether or not the remote operation is permitted is determined based on the remote operation availability information stored in the memory 52 of the electronic key 2. Whether or not the remote operation is permitted can be arbitrarily determined by the user of the vehicle 1. For example, a user who does not desire (or does not use) a remote operation can have the electronic key 2 store remote operation availability information indicating that the remote operation is not permitted at the dealer when the vehicle 1 is purchased. However, the remote operation availability information stored in the electronic key 2 can be arbitrarily changed from the smartphone 3 having the same user ID as the user ID stored in the electronic key 2.
  • the remote operation availability information does not necessarily have to be held by the electronic key 2 but may be held by the smartphone 3 and transmitted from the smartphone 3. Further, when the smartphone 3 has the remote operation availability information, if the remote operation availability information is information indicating that the remote operation is not permitted, the smartphone 3 may not transmit the operation command. .
  • the remote operation is not permitted in S132 (S132: NO)
  • the second error notification is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication, and the electronic key control process is terminated.
  • the remote operation is permitted in S132 (S132: YES)
  • the position information is transmitted to the vehicle 1 by the second communication. After the transmission, the process proceeds to S138.
  • S138 it is determined whether or not an ID mismatch notification is received from the vehicle 1.
  • the ID mismatch notification is transmitted from the vehicle 1 by smart communication or second communication when the user ID transmitted to the vehicle 1 in S130 or S134 does not match the user ID of the vehicle 1.
  • S138 If an ID mismatch notification is received from the vehicle 1 in S138 (S138: YES), a third error notification is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication in S140, and the electronic key control process is terminated.
  • S138 when the ID mismatch notification is not received from the vehicle 1 (S138: NO), the process proceeds to S142.
  • S142 it is determined whether or not a disapproval notice is received from the vehicle 1.
  • the disapproval notice is transmitted from the vehicle 1 by smart communication or second communication when it is determined that the function of the operation item corresponding to the operation command transmitted to the vehicle 1 in S130 or S134 cannot be executed in the vehicle 1. come.
  • S142 when a non-permission notification is received from the vehicle 1 (S142: YES), in S144, a fourth error notification is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication, and the electronic key control process is terminated.
  • S142: NO When the non-permission knowledge is not received from the vehicle 1 in S142 (S142: NO), a relay completion signal is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication in S146.
  • the remote control processing program is stored in the memory 25 of the vehicle 1.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 (specifically, the CPU in the control unit 10) reads the remote control processing program shown in FIG. 11 from the memory 25 after activation, and repeatedly executes it at a constant control cycle.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 transmits a request signal by smart communication from each of the transmitters 4 and 5 in S152. As described above, the detection areas 400 and 500 are formed by transmitting the request signal.
  • S154 it is determined whether data is received from the electronic key 2.
  • the data referred to here is a response transmitted by smart communication in response to the operation command, user ID, terminal ID, and position information of the smartphone 3 transmitted in S130 or S134 of FIG. 9, or a request signal. Means signal and user ID.
  • S156 it is determined whether or not the user ID included in the data received from the electronic key 2 matches the user ID stored in the memory 25 of the vehicle 1 (user ID verification). If it is determined that the user IDs do not match as a result of the user ID verification (S156: NO), an ID mismatch notification is transmitted to the electronic key 2 in S158, and the remote control process is terminated. In S158, if the user ID of the electronic key 2 determined to be inconsistent in S156 is received by smart communication, an ID mismatch notification is transmitted by smart communication. In S158, when the user ID of the electronic key 2 determined to be inconsistent in S156 is received in the second communication, an ID mismatch notification is transmitted in the second communication.
  • S156 If it is determined in S156 that both user IDs match (S156: YES), the process proceeds to S160. In S160, it is determined whether the data (information) received from the electronic key 2 is an operation command or a response signal to the request signal.
  • the electronic key handling process of S162 is a basic process performed in a conventional electronic key system, for example, when each user 15 unlocks each door 15 when touching the touch sensor of the door handle.
  • the process proceeds to the function restriction confirmation process, in S202, the data from the electronic key 2 (the received data that is affirmatively determined in S154 of FIG. 11) is received by smart communication. Judge whether there is. If it is not received by smart communication (that is, received by the second communication) (S202: NO), the process proceeds to S206.
  • the fact that the electronic key 2 is not received by the smart communication means that the electronic key 2 exists outside the detection areas 400 and 500 of the vehicle 1.
  • S204 If the data from the electronic key 2 has been received by smart communication (S202: YES), in S204, the location of the electronic key 2 (inside the vehicle 1 or outside the vehicle 1) is confirmed. This confirmation can be performed based on the above-described identification signal added to the response signal.
  • the position information of the smartphone 3 is acquired. Since the position information of the smartphone 3 is received from the electronic key 2 together with the operation command, it can be acquired from the received data.
  • own vehicle position information position information of the vehicle 1 itself
  • detection is performed based on information received by the GPS receiver 9.
  • the terminal ID of the smartphone 3 is acquired.
  • the vehicle position based on the vehicle position information acquired in S208, the position of the smartphone 3 based on the position information acquired in S206, the terminal ID acquired in S210, and the electronic key 2 determined in the processes of S202 to S204.
  • the presence / absence of restriction on the function of the operation item specified by the operation command (that is, the operation content requested from the smartphone 3) is determined. That is, it is determined whether the function of the designated operation item can be executed, restricted (prohibited), or partially restricted with respect to the positional relationship between the vehicle 1, the smartphone 3, and the electronic key 2. . This determination can be made based on the function restriction information 25b stored in the memory 25.
  • the process proceeds to S168 (FIG. 11).
  • the function of the specified operation item is executable, restricted (prohibited), or partially restricted based on the terminal ID.
  • a certain function may be executed only when specified from a smartphone 3 owned by a certain user, and may not be executed when specified from another smartphone 3. What kind of restriction is applied to which terminal ID (or no restriction) may be stored in advance in the memory 25 as the function restriction information 25b.
  • S168 based on the result of the function restriction confirmation process in S166, it is determined whether or not the execution of the function of the designated operation item is permitted. If execution of the function of the designated operation item is permitted (S168: YES), the function of the designated operation item is executed in S170. In addition, when permitted but a part of the function is restricted, the function is executed within the restricted range.
  • the requested information is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication.
  • various information such as the travel distance, maintenance information, diagnostic information, vehicle interior temperature, vehicle interior image information of the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3 via the electronic key 2 to the vehicle 1.
  • the vehicle 1 transmits various information of the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 through the first communication in response to a request from the smartphone 3.
  • S168 If execution of the function of the designated operation item is not permitted, that is, if execution of the function is restricted (prohibited) (S168: NO), the process proceeds to S172.
  • S172 a non-permission notice is transmitted to the electronic key 2, and the remote control process is terminated.
  • S172 if the operation command is received by smart communication, a notice of disapproval is transmitted by smart communication, and if the operation command is received by second communication, the second communication is transmitted. Send a disapproval notice at.
  • the vehicle operation application 32 a of the smartphone 3 can be activated by performing a predetermined activation operation on the smartphone 3 by itself, or can be activated by holding the smartphone 3 over the electronic key 2.
  • the smartphone 3 stores a tag corresponding program as a part of the vehicle operation application 32a or as another program that operates in cooperation with the vehicle operation application 32a. And the control part 31 of the smart phone 3 repeatedly performs a tag corresponding
  • the tag handling process executed by the tag handling program is shown in FIG.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 3 determines whether or not the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2 has been detected in S252. That is, it is determined whether the tag reader / writer 47 has received a user ID and an application activation request from the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2.
  • the detection of the RF tag 63 in the process of S252 means reception of a user ID and an application activation request transmitted from the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2.
  • the user ID is verified in S254. Specifically, user ID collation is performed as to whether or not the received user ID matches the user ID stored in the smartphone 3 itself.
  • the result of the user ID collation in S254 is determined.
  • an application activation process is executed in S258.
  • the vehicle operation application 32a is substantially activated. “Activate substantially” means to start the processing from S10 shown in FIG.
  • the vehicle operation application 32a is automatically started only by holding the smartphone 3 over the electronic key 2. If it is determined that the user IDs do not match as a result of the user ID collation (S256: NO), the tag handling process ends.
  • various operations can be performed on the vehicle 1 or various information can be acquired from the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3.
  • C The user can input operation items for the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 by various methods. Specifically, an operation menu screen 48 is displayed on the display unit 33, and an operation item can be designated by a tap operation. The desired operation item can also be specified by showing a gesture corresponding to the desired operation item in front of the camera 43. The desired operation item can also be designated by speaking a word corresponding to the desired operation item toward the microphone 45.
  • the user can move the vehicle 1 or operate each part of the vehicle 1 while hitting the smartphone 3. Further, the vehicle 1 can be moved or each part of the vehicle 1 can be operated while showing a gesture toward the camera 43 of the smartphone 3.
  • the user can check the operation of each part of the vehicle 1 without getting on the vehicle 1. For example, whether or not the headlight 20 is normally lit can be easily confirmed from the outside of the vehicle 1. Further, for example, when it is desired to move the position of the vehicle 1 after getting off the vehicle 1, it can be moved without getting into the vehicle 1 again. For example, when the vehicle 1 is desired to be moved back a little (several tens of centimeters), the vehicle 1 can be controlled to move backward (slow reverse) while viewing the vehicle 1 from the outside of the vehicle 1. Further, for example, the in-vehicle temperature of the vehicle 1 can be acquired from a place away from the vehicle 1, and when the in-vehicle temperature is high, the window 17 can be opened or the air conditioner 14 can be operated.
  • the electronic key 2 includes various communication methods such as first communication, second communication, and BT communication as well as smart communication provided in the conventional electronic key system as a wireless communication method. Therefore, even if the electronic key 2 exists outside the detection areas 400 and 500 of the vehicle 1, communication with the vehicle 1 can be performed by the second communication. That is, even if the user with the electronic key 2 and the smartphone 3 is outside the detection areas 400 and 500 of the vehicle 1, the vehicle 1 can be remotely controlled from the outside.
  • the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 When the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 is consumed, the battery 59 can be charged or the electronic key 2 can be operated by receiving power from the smartphone 3 in a non-contact manner. Further, the electronic key 2 includes a power input jack 62, and can receive power from the power input jack 62 (see FIG. 5). Note that, as described above, the electronic key 2 of the present embodiment can be operated by receiving power supply from the outside by various means even when the battery 59 is exhausted. For this reason, the mechanical key provided in the conventional general electronic key does not include the electronic key 2 of the present embodiment. However, of course, a mechanical key may be built in the electronic key 2.
  • the smartphone 3 corresponds to an example of a communication terminal according to the present invention.
  • a process that can be selected on the operation menu screen 48 illustrated in FIG. 3, that is, a process that can be requested by relaying the electronic key 2 to the vehicle 1 corresponds to an example of a specific process of the present invention.
  • the touch panel 34, the camera 43, and the microphone 45 of the smartphone 3 correspond to an example of the designation input unit of the present invention.
  • the first communication unit 35 of the smartphone 3 corresponds to an example of a command transmission unit of the present invention.
  • the memory 32 of the smartphone 3 corresponds to an example of the terminal side storage unit of the present invention, and the user ID stored in the memory 32 corresponds to an example of the terminal side unique information of the present invention.
  • An operation command transmitted from the smartphone 3 to the electronic key 2 corresponds to an example of a processing command of the present invention
  • an operation command transmitted from the electronic key 2 to the vehicle 1 corresponds to an example of a processing command of the present invention.
  • the processes of S28, S34, and S42 correspond to an example of the process of the designation input unit of the present invention
  • the process of S48 corresponds to an example of the process of the command transmission unit of the present invention.
  • the memory 52 of the electronic key 2 corresponds to an example of the key side storage unit of the present invention
  • the user ID stored in the memory 52 corresponds to an example of the key side unique information of the present invention
  • the process of S118 corresponds to an example of the process of the unique information determination unit of the present invention
  • the processes of S130 and S134 correspond to an example of the process of the command transmission unit of the present invention.
  • the touch panel 34, the camera 43, and the microphone 45 are illustrated as examples of the designation input unit of the present invention, but these are only examples.
  • the smartphone 3 can transmit an operation command indicating the input process to the electronic key 2
  • the specific process The method and what input interface can be specified can be determined as appropriate.
  • the vehicle control system of 2nd Embodiment is demonstrated using FIG.14 and FIG.15.
  • the vehicle control system of the second embodiment is a system that can directly control the vehicle 1 (FIG. 6) from an electronic key.
  • the configuration of the electronic key is different from the electronic key 2 of the first embodiment.
  • the electronic key 80 of the second embodiment includes a control unit 81, a memory 82, a microphone 83, a voice processing unit 84, a display unit 85, an operation input unit 86, and a transmission unit. 53, a receiving unit 54, a battery 59, a regulator 60, a non-contact power supply / reception unit 61, and a power input jack 62.
  • the transmission unit 53, the reception unit 54, the battery 59, the regulator 60, the non-contact power supply / reception unit 61, and the power input jack 62 are the same as the electronic key 2 of the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
  • the microphone 83 and the sound processing unit 84 are mounted on the smartphone 3 in the first embodiment, and are mounted on the electronic key 80 in the second embodiment.
  • the microphone 83 converts external sound into an electrical signal.
  • the audio processing unit 84 processes the audio signal collected by the microphone 83 and converted into an electric signal into digital audio data and outputs the digital audio data to the control unit 81.
  • the control unit 81 can recognize the content of the sound collected by the microphone 83 based on the sound data input from the sound processing unit 84.
  • the display unit 85 is a display device (for example, a liquid crystal display) that can display various images and information.
  • the operation input unit 86 is an input device that can accept an input operation by a user.
  • a specific configuration of the operation input unit 86 includes, for example, a push button type switch.
  • a touch panel may be provided as the operation input unit 86.
  • the control unit 81 includes a microcomputer including a CPU, ROM, RAM, I / O, etc. (not shown).
  • the control unit 81 controls various circuits and functional blocks in the electronic key 80 including each unit connected to the control unit 81.
  • the electronic key control process (see FIG. 15) described later is executed by the CPU of the control unit 81.
  • the memory 82 is a nonvolatile memory capable of electrically rewriting stored contents, and is a flash memory in this embodiment.
  • the memory 82 stores various programs and data.
  • the data stored in the memory 82 includes vehicle operation menu data 82a, a voice pattern 82b, and ID information 82c.
  • the ID information 82c is the same as the ID information 52a in the electronic key 2 of the first embodiment.
  • the vehicle operation menu data 82a is the same as the vehicle operation menu data 32b in the smartphone 3 of the first embodiment. Therefore, in the second embodiment, an icon for each operation item is displayed on the display unit 85 of the electronic key 80 as in the operation menu screen 48 described with reference to FIG. 3, and the user can select a desired operation item from the icons. You can choose.
  • the voice pattern 82b is the same as the voice pattern 32c in the smartphone 3 of the first embodiment.
  • the display part 85 of the electronic key 80 of this embodiment has a display area smaller than the display part 33 of the smart phone 3 of 1st Embodiment. Therefore, the number of icons that can be simultaneously displayed on the display unit 85 is smaller than the number of icons on the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG. Further, the information to be displayed on the display unit 85 (image information for each operation item for selecting the operation item) is not necessarily an icon, and may be text indicating the operation item, for example. As long as the user can select a desired operation item, what kind of image information is displayed on the display unit 85 can be appropriately determined.
  • the electronic key 80 can perform wireless communication (that is, smart communication) with the vehicle 1 by the transmission unit 53 and the reception unit 54, but includes other wireless communication functions.
  • the vehicle 1 can be remotely operated from the electronic key 80 when the electronic key 80 and the vehicle 1 can execute data communication by smart communication, that is, the electronic key 80 detects each vehicle 1. This is a case where they exist in the areas 400 and 500.
  • control unit 81 in the electronic key 80 configured as described above will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the control unit 81 of the electronic key 80 repeatedly executes the electronic key control process shown in FIG. 15 at a predetermined control cycle.
  • the control unit 81 of the electronic key 80 determines whether a request signal is received from the vehicle 1 in S302. If the request signal has not been received (S302: NO), the electronic key control process is terminated.
  • the vehicle operation standby display is performed on the display unit 85 in S304. That is, a display indicating that the vehicle 1 can be controlled from the electronic key 80 is displayed.
  • S306 it is determined whether or not a voice input request operation has been performed by the user.
  • the user remotely operates the vehicle 1 from the electronic key 80, the user can select whether to specify (select) the operation content by operating the operation input unit 86 or to specify it by voice.
  • the operation content can be specified by voice by performing a predetermined voice input request operation via the operation input unit 86.
  • the process proceeds to S308.
  • the operation menu list is displayed on the display unit 85.
  • the operation menu list is a list of information images (for example, icons or text) indicating operation items.
  • S310 it is determined whether or not a specific operation item is selected and input from among the operation items listed in S308.
  • the process returns to S306. If an operation item selection input has been made (S310: YES), the process proceeds to S312. In S312, an operation command corresponding to the selected operation item is generated, and the process proceeds to S314.
  • S306 If a voice input request operation is performed in S306 (S306: YES), the process proceeds to S316.
  • S316 the voice input by the microphone 83 is set to the standby state. That is, it is in a state where voice input and recognition can be executed.
  • S3108 it is determined whether or not sound is input from the microphone 83. If no voice is input (S318: NO), in S320, it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the voice input was set in the standby state in S316. If the fixed time has not elapsed, the process returns to S318, and if the fixed time has elapsed, the process returns to S302.
  • S318 If a voice is input in S318 (S318: YES), it is determined in S322 whether the user has spoken a word corresponding to a prescribed voice pattern based on the voice of the user input to the microphone 83. This determination is made by determining whether or not the word spoken by the user matches any of the words stored in the memory 82 as the voice pattern 82b. When the user speaks a word corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern, the voice pattern is recognized.
  • S324 the operation content corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern recognized in S322 is displayed on the display unit 85.
  • S326 an operation command corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern recognized in S322 is generated.
  • the process proceeds to S314.
  • the operation command generated in S312 or S326 and the user ID are transmitted to the vehicle 1 by smart communication.
  • the remote control process shown in FIG. 11 is executed also in the second embodiment. Therefore, when the operation command and the user ID transmitted from the electronic key 80 are received by the vehicle 1, the vehicle 1 performs processing according to the remote control process shown in FIG. 11, and the operation content specified by the operation command. Is executed. However, as in the first embodiment, the designation operation is not executed when the user ID verification does not match. Similarly to the first embodiment, when the designated operation is prohibited or restricted in the function restriction confirmation process (S166 in FIG. 11), the designated operation is not executed or executed within the restricted range. The In the function restriction confirmation process in the second embodiment, the function of the operation content requested from the electronic key 80 is prohibited or restricted according to the positional relationship between the electronic key 80 and the vehicle 1.
  • the user can remotely control the vehicle 1 from the electronic key 80 by operating the electronic key 80. Thereby, the user can check the operation of each part of the vehicle 1 without getting on the vehicle 1.
  • the user can input operation items for the vehicle 1 to the electronic key 80 by various methods. Specifically, an operation menu list can be displayed on the display unit 85, and an operation item can be designated from the list. The desired operation item can also be specified by speaking a word corresponding to the desired operation item toward the microphone 83. Therefore, the user can move the vehicle 1 while operating the electronic key 80 or operate each part of the vehicle 1. It should be noted that a camera may be mounted on the electronic key 80 so that operation items can be designated by gestures as in the first embodiment.
  • an authentication request signal is transmitted to the vehicle 1 instead of the electronic key 2 in S14, and an operation permission signal is received from the vehicle 1 in S16. It may be determined whether or not it has been done. And when it is judged that the operation permission signal was received from the vehicle 1 in S16, the smart phone 3 may be made to perform the process after S304 of FIG. In this case, in S314, the operation command and the user ID may be transmitted to the vehicle 1 by the first communication or another communication method instead of the smart communication.
  • the smartphone has a part or all of the configuration and functions of the electronic key 80 of the second embodiment illustrated in FIG. A configuration may be adopted.
  • the electronic key 80 has a configuration including only the same smart communication function as a conventional electronic key as a wireless communication function, but a configuration capable of wireless communication of a method other than smart communication. It is good.
  • at least one communication function of the first communication, the second communication, or the BT communication described in the first embodiment, or wireless communication using another communication method may be provided.
  • the vehicle 1 can be remotely operated from the electronic key 80 even when the electronic key 80 exists outside the detection area of the vehicle 1. Good.
  • the plurality of operation items shown in FIG. 3 are merely examples.
  • the contents of the operation items that can be remotely controlled can be determined as appropriate.
  • the wireless communication method executable in each of the smartphone 3, the electronic key 2, and the vehicle 1 can be determined as appropriate. In addition, it is possible to appropriately determine which communication method is used for the two-party communication between the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 and the two-party communication between the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1.
  • the vehicle 1 may recognize the user of the smartphone 3 using the pairing information in the BT communication between the electronic key 2 and the smartphone 3. That is, when an operation command is received from the smartphone 3 with the electronic key 2, the electronic key 2 attempts BT communication with the smartphone 3, and if BT communication is possible, based on pairing information between the two User information of the smartphone 3 is acquired. And when the electronic key 2 transmits an operation command to the vehicle 1, the acquired user information is also added and transmitted.
  • the vehicle 1 can recognize from which user the remote operation request has been made, and can execute different control for each user.
  • the function can be restricted according to the user, or the function can be expanded according to the user.
  • a fine content can be varied for every user.
  • a camera or a microphone may be mounted on the vehicle, and the user may be able to instruct an operation on the vehicle by showing a gesture with respect to the in-vehicle camera or leaning on the in-vehicle microphone from the outside of the vehicle.
  • the user operates the smartphone 3 to transmit remote operation start information indicating that the vehicle is remotely operated from the outside of the vehicle to the vehicle 1 directly or via the electronic key 2.
  • the vehicle 1 may activate an in-vehicle camera or an in-vehicle microphone to accept the remote operation. Or you may make it transmit remote operation start information from the electronic key 2 to the vehicle 1 by operating the electronic key 2 without interposing the smart phone 3.
  • the electronic key 2 may transmit the remote operation start information to the vehicle 1 only when wireless communication with the vehicle 1 is possible by smart communication. You may make it transmit remote operation start information to the vehicle 1 by communication.
  • the vehicle 1 is one in which gestures and voices corresponding to receivable operation items are registered in the memory in advance, and gestures or voices input by the in-vehicle camera or in-vehicle microphone are stored in the memory, You may make it perform the process corresponding to the gesture or an audio
  • the vehicle 1 can be moved without getting into the vehicle 1 again.
  • the remote operation can be performed from outside the vehicle, the vehicle 1 can be appropriately moved while confirming the relative positional relationship between the vehicle 1 and its surroundings.
  • a function of detecting the relative positional relationship between the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1 in real time may be provided so that the vehicle 1 can move following the electronic key 2. For example, when the electronic key 2 is held in front of the vehicle 1 and a command to advance the vehicle 1 at a low speed is issued, the vehicle 1 automatically starts traveling toward the electronic key 2. Then, when the distance from the electronic key 2 falls within a predetermined distance, it automatically stops. Thereafter, when the user releases the electronic key 2 from the vehicle 1, the vehicle 1 starts running again toward the electronic key 2. The same applies to the reverse.
  • authentication may be performed between the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1, and the vehicle 1 may be remotely operated when the authentication is successful. Further, authentication may be performed among the three parties of the smartphone 3, the electronic key 2, and the vehicle 1, and the vehicle 1 may be remotely operated when the authentication is successful.
  • Learning information includes, for example, the seat position and steering position adjusted by the user, the angle of the rearview mirror, the angle of the door mirror, and the operation content of the audio device.
  • Such a function is convenient when applied to, for example, a so-called car sharing service in which one vehicle is shared by many users.
  • the user automatically captures various information when he / she was driving into the smartphone 3 as learning information, and deploys the learning information to the vehicle when driving again to automatically set the settings according to his / her preference. And it can be realized quickly. That is, while being a vehicle shared by other users, the vehicle can be felt and treated as if it were a vehicle used only by itself.
  • FIGS. 16 and 17 A more specific example of information transmission from the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 and 17.
  • the example illustrated in FIGS. 16 and 17 is an example in which the position information of the vehicle 1 can be notified to the smartphone 3 or when the occurrence of an abnormality is detected in the vehicle 1, that fact can be notified to the smartphone 3. is there.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 repeatedly executes the vehicle information notification process of FIG. 16 at a predetermined cycle. Moreover, the control part 31 of the smart phone 3 repeatedly performs the vehicle information display process of FIG. 17 with a predetermined period.
  • request signals are periodically transmitted from the transmitters 4 and 5 of the vehicle 1 by smart communication.
  • control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 starts the vehicle information notification process of FIG. 16, in S404, it determines whether or not a response signal from the electronic key 2 to the request signal has been received. When the response signal has not been received (S404: NO), the process proceeds to S416. When the response signal is received (S404: YES), the process proceeds to S406.
  • S406 it is determined whether the door lock opening / closing operation has been performed by the operation of the electronic key 2 or the operation command via the electronic key 2 from the smartphone 3. If the door lock is not opened or closed (S406: NO), the process returns to S404. When the door lock opening / closing operation is performed (S406: YES), the process proceeds to S408.
  • S408 as in S404, it is determined whether or not a response signal from the electronic key 2 to the request signal has been received. This determination is repeated while the response signal is received. If no response signal is received (S408: NO), the process proceeds to S410.
  • S410 it is determined whether or not the door lock is fully closed, that is, whether or not the door locks of all the doors 15 are closed. If the door lock is not fully closed (S410: NO), the process proceeds to S416. When the door lock is fully closed (S410: YES), the process proceeds to S412. If it is determined in S410 that the door lock is fully closed, that is, the electronic key 2 once enters the detection area of the vehicle 1, and the door lock is opened and closed via the electronic key 2, and thereafter This means that the electronic key 2 has left the detection area of the vehicle 1 with the door lock fully closed. Such a situation may occur, for example, when the user of the vehicle 1 parks the vehicle 1 in a parking lot and goes away from the vehicle 1.
  • vehicle position information (information indicating the current position of the vehicle 1) is acquired based on the information received by the GPS receiver 9.
  • the vehicle position information acquired in S412 is transmitted to the smartphone 3 by the first communication. Thereby, even if the user of the smart phone 3 parks the vehicle 1 in a parking lot and leaves
  • the vehicle 1 has a function of detecting various abnormalities.
  • the vehicle 1 is equipped with a sensor that can detect an external impact on the vehicle 1 such as an acceleration sensor or a vibration sensor. Based on the detection signal from the sensor, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 detects the presence or absence of an external impact on the vehicle 1, and if an impact is detected, an illegal act such as mischief or theft of the vehicle 1 is performed. The occurrence of an abnormality is detected.
  • the vehicle interior camera 24 is periodically operated to analyze the captured image, for example, to detect an intruder in the vehicle interior, or to detect a suspicious person around the vehicle (for example, a person looking into the vehicle interior). In this case, it may be determined that an abnormality has occurred.
  • an abnormality in the function of the vehicle 1 such as a voltage drop of an in-vehicle battery or an oil leak.
  • the vehicle information notification process is terminated.
  • the process proceeds to S418.
  • the abnormality information indicating that the abnormality is detected in the vehicle 1 and the content of the detected abnormality is transmitted to the smartphone 3 by the first communication.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 3 determines whether data is received from the vehicle 1 in the first communication in S452. If data has not been received from the vehicle 1 (S452: NO), it is determined in S464 whether or not a predetermined user operation for displaying vehicle position information has been performed. When the predetermined user operation for displaying the vehicle position information is not performed (S464: NO), the vehicle information display process is ended. When a predetermined user operation for displaying the vehicle position information is performed (S464: YES), the process proceeds to S466.
  • the vehicle position information stored in the memory 32 is displayed on the display unit 26. Thereby, the user can confirm the position of the vehicle 1. If data is received from the vehicle 1 in S452 (S452: YES), it is determined in S454 whether vehicle position information has been received (that is, whether the received data includes vehicle position information). When the vehicle position information is received (S454: YES), the received vehicle position information is stored in the memory 32 in S456.
  • the vehicle position information is not included in the data received from the vehicle 1 (S454: NO)
  • whether or not abnormality information is received in S458 that is, whether or not the received data includes abnormality information. to decide.
  • the received abnormality information is displayed on the display unit 26 in S460. Thereby, the user can know that abnormality is detected in the vehicle 1 and the content of the abnormality.
  • a predetermined reception handling process based on the received data is performed in S462.
  • the types of various information that can be provided from the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 are not limited to the information described with reference to FIG. In addition to the information described with reference to FIG. 3, for example, the total travel distance of the vehicle 1, the remaining battery level, the remaining fuel level, information on the date when the engine oil and other various oils were changed, and the vehicle 1 at the time of the oil change Various information such as the total travel distance may be provided to the smartphone 3 as vehicle information.
  • the vehicle information may be provided to the smartphone 3 directly from the vehicle 1 or via the electronic key 2 at a specific timing.
  • the vehicle information can be provided via the electronic key 2, not only the vehicle information but also the information on the electronic key 2 (for example, the remaining battery level of the electronic key 2) may be provided to the smartphone 3.
  • the control unit 51 of the electronic key 2 repeatedly executes the system information transmission process of FIG. 18 at a predetermined cycle. Moreover, the control part 31 of the smart phone 3 repeatedly performs the system state notification process of FIG. 19 with a predetermined period.
  • the vehicle 1 is configured to be able to transmit the above-described vehicle information in the vehicle 1 to the electronic key 2 in response to a vehicle information request from the electronic key 2.
  • control unit 51 of the electronic key 2 When the control unit 51 of the electronic key 2 starts the system information transmission process of FIG. 18, it determines whether or not a request signal has been received from the vehicle 1 in S552. When the request signal is received (S552: YES), it is determined in S560 whether or not the information notification flag is set.
  • the information notification flag is a flag used to transmit the system information (details will be described later) to the smartphone 3 only once during the period in which the request signal is continuously received, and is set in S568 and cleared in S558.
  • the system information transmission process is terminated.
  • the information notification flag is not set (S560: NO)
  • the vehicle information is requested from the vehicle 1 by the first communication or the second communication, and the vehicle information from the vehicle 1 corresponding to the request is the first information. Acquired by communication or second communication.
  • the remaining battery level of the electronic key 2 is detected.
  • the electronic key 2 is configured to periodically monitor the voltage of the battery 40 and the charge / discharge history from the battery 40 and detect the remaining battery level based on the monitoring results.
  • step S566 the vehicle information acquired in S562 and the information including the remaining battery level detected in S564 are transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication as system information indicating the state of the vehicle 1 and the electronic key 2.
  • step S568 the information notification flag is set, and the system information transmission process is terminated.
  • S556 it is determined whether or not the request signal is continuously received from the vehicle 1 for a certain period or more. If a certain period of time has not passed since the request signal is not received (S556: NO), the system information transmission process is terminated. If a certain period of time has elapsed after the request signal is no longer received (S556: YES), the information notification flag is cleared in S558, and the system information transmission process ends.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 3 starts the system state notification process of FIG. 19, in S502, the control unit 31 determines whether or not the system information is received from the electronic key 2 through the first communication. If the system information has not been received (S502: NO), the process proceeds to S512. If the system information is received (S502: YES), the received system information is stored in the memory 32 in S504.
  • the user is notified that the system information has been received from the electronic key 2.
  • This notification can be performed, for example, by voice or by displaying predetermined reception notification information on the display unit 33.
  • the smartphone 3 has a so-called vibration function
  • the user may be notified using the vibration function (that is, generating vibration in the main body of the smartphone 3).
  • S508 it is determined whether or not a predetermined display request operation for displaying system information has been performed by the user. If the display request operation has not been performed (S508: NO), the process proceeds to S512. If a display request operation has been performed (S508: YES), the process proceeds to S510. In S510, the system information stored in the memory 32 in S504 is displayed on the display unit 33. Thereby, the user can check the latest system information.
  • the necessity of maintenance is determined based on the system information stored in the memory 32. For example, a certain number of days have passed since the most recent oil change date, the vehicle has traveled more than a certain distance from the total travel distance at the time of the most recent oil change, the remaining fuel amount is less than a predetermined amount, the electronic key 2 If the remaining battery level is less than or equal to a predetermined amount, it is determined that maintenance is necessary.
  • S514 it is determined whether there is a maintenance-necessary item based on the determination result in S512. If it is not determined in S512 that maintenance is necessary, it is determined that there is no maintenance-necessary item (S514: NO), and the system status notification process is terminated. If it is determined in S512 that maintenance is necessary, it is determined that there is a maintenance-necessary item (S514: YES), and the process proceeds to S516.
  • maintenance information is displayed on the display unit 33.
  • the maintenance information to be displayed here is information related to maintenance necessary items. For example, if it is determined in S512 that the vehicle has traveled more than a certain distance from the total travel distance at the time of the latest oil change, the maintenance-required item is oil change. Therefore, in that case, information indicating that the oil change should be performed is displayed on the display unit 33 as the maintenance information. At that time, the basis for the coil exchange (the cumulative travel distance from the previous oil exchange exceeded a certain distance) may be displayed together.
  • S518 it is determined whether or not the user has performed a maintenance request guidance display operation.
  • the guidance display request operation is not performed (S518: NO)
  • the system state notification process is terminated.
  • a guidance display request operation is performed (S518: YES)
  • the guidance process is a predetermined process for providing a user with a specific maintenance method for the maintenance required items.
  • the transmission timing of the system information from the electronic key 2 to the smartphone 3 is not limited to the timing shown in FIG.
  • it is configured so that system information can be requested from the smartphone 3 to the electronic key 2 at an arbitrary timing.
  • the smartphone 3 acquires the latest system information each time. You may make it transmit to.
  • the system information stored in the memory 32 may be displayed on the display unit 33 at an arbitrary timing.
  • the function that can be operated from the smartphone 3 and the function that can be directly operated from the electronic key 2 do not necessarily have to be completely matched.
  • the types of functions that can be operated from the smartphone 3 may be smaller than the types of functions that can be operated directly from the electronic key 2.
  • certain types of functions for example, functions with relatively high importance such as opening a door lock or moving the vehicle 1 are disabled from the smartphone 3 and can only be operated from the electronic key 2.
  • the smartphone 3 periodically notifies the electronic key 2 whether or not the electronic key 2 is present in the detection area of the vehicle 1, and according to the contents (that is, the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1. Depending on the distance relationship, the content that can be operated from the smartphone 3 via the electronic key 2 may be changed.
  • the smartphone 3 shown in the above embodiment is merely an example.
  • any type of communication terminal capable of wireless communication such as a mobile phone, a tablet terminal, and a personal computer, can be used.
  • the smart phone and the vehicle may be configured to allow direct data communication. In that case, you may enable it to provide a user with various services using the data communication between both.
  • weather forecasts, road traffic information, and other various information can be acquired with a smartphone, and some or all of the acquired information can be appropriately transmitted to the vehicle to notify the driver of the vehicle.
  • the information providing service may be provided.
  • a vehicle surrounding monitoring service capable of acquiring information around the vehicle in the vehicle and transmitting the acquired information to a smartphone as appropriate.
  • a vehicle position notification service that can acquire position information of the vehicle from a vehicle and notify the user of the smartphone of information related to the position of the vehicle based on the acquired position information. It may be.
  • a driver's face is photographed in a vehicle, and information corresponding to the content of the photographed face image (that is, the driver's facial expression, and thus the driver's emotion (emotion, emotion, etc.)) is displayed on the smartphone.
  • SNS Social Networking Service
  • the driver's physical condition is grasped directly or indirectly from various angles, and the driver's driving of the vehicle is permitted or prohibited according to the grasped content (that is, according to the driver's physical condition). It may be possible to provide a driving availability determination service.
  • a smartphone 110 illustrated in FIG. 20 includes a motion sensor group 50 in addition to the hardware configuration of the smartphone 3 according to the first embodiment illustrated in FIG.
  • the control unit 31 includes an RTC (real time clock) 31a.
  • the control unit 31 can acquire information such as the current time and date based on the RTC 31a.
  • the RTC 31a is also built in the smartphone 3 according to the first embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the motion sensor group 50 includes at least one of various sensors that can detect the movement and orientation of an object.
  • these various sensors include a geomagnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gyro sensor.
  • description will be made assuming that the motion sensor group 50 includes at least a geomagnetic sensor and an acceleration sensor.
  • the geomagnetic sensor is a so-called electronic compass, and is a sensor capable of detecting the direction.
  • the control part 31 of the smart phone 110 can detect the azimuth
  • the specific direction can be determined as appropriate.
  • the smartphone 110 has a substantially rectangular thin plate shape. Therefore, here, as an example, the smartphone 110 is viewed from the specific position with the axis parallel to the rectangular plate surface and parallel to the long side direction passing through the specific position in the housing of the smartphone 110 as the specific axis. One axial direction of the specific axis is defined as the specific direction.
  • Acceleration sensor can detect at least triaxial acceleration.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 can detect the movement of the smartphone 110 (movement in a three-dimensional space) based on the detection signal from the acceleration sensor.
  • the control part 31 can detect the step number of the holder of the smart phone 110 based on the detection signal from an acceleration sensor.
  • the memory 32 of the smartphone 110 further includes an information providing application 32g, a surrounding information notification application 32h, a vehicle position notification application 32j, an SNS application 32k, and Each application of the physical condition management application 32m is stored.
  • the memory 32 stores the front video data 32n and the stolen vehicle data 32p by executing the surrounding information notification application.
  • a vehicle 120 illustrated in FIG. 21 includes a HUD (head-up display) 27, a front camera 28, and a BT communication unit 30 in addition to the hardware configuration of the vehicle 1 of the first embodiment illustrated in FIG. ing.
  • the front camera 28 is a camera that can photograph the front of the vehicle 120.
  • the front camera 28 is attached to a specific position (for example, the front end of the vehicle interior ceiling) where the front of the vehicle 120 can be photographed.
  • the front camera 28 operates to perform shooting when preset shooting conditions are satisfied.
  • Movie data (front image data 25 h) photographed by the front camera 28 is stored in the memory 25.
  • the front video data 25h stored in the memory 25 is video data for the latest several hours. It should be noted that the period and timing (that is, the shooting conditions) during which shooting is performed by the front camera 28 can be appropriately determined.
  • it is possible to appropriately determine how long the moving image data shot in the past is stored in the memory 25 (that is, whether the moving image data is stored as the front video data 25h).
  • the memory 25 of the vehicle 120 further includes a smartphone information notification program 25d, a surroundings monitoring program 25e, an SNS cooperation program 25f, and a physical condition information corresponding program 25g. Each program is stored.
  • the memory 25 stores the front video data 25h by executing the surroundings monitoring program 25e.
  • the information providing service is basically realized by executing the information providing application 32g on the smartphone 110 and executing the smartphone information notification program 25d on the vehicle 120.
  • a usage form of the information providing service a form in which a user carrying the smartphone 110 gets on the vehicle 120 (that is, a form in which the smartphone 110 exists in the vehicle 120) is assumed.
  • the control part 31 of the smart phone 110 reads the information provision application 32g from the memory 32 after starting, and repeatedly performs the information provision process which is a process according to the information provision application 32g with a predetermined period.
  • the information providing process is a process of acquiring various information from various servers (for example, various websites) and transmitting a part or all of the information to the vehicle as necessary.
  • FIG. 22 is an example of the information providing process.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 starts the information providing process of FIG. 22, the current position of the smartphone 110 is detected based on the reception information by the GPS reception unit 37 in S ⁇ b> 602.
  • the weather information providing site is accessed through the first communication, and the current location information indicating the current location of the smartphone 110 is transmitted to the weather information providing site, thereby requesting weather information around the current location. And the weather information around the current position transmitted from the weather information providing site in response to the request is acquired.
  • the traffic information that can be acquired includes, for example, various information such as accident information, traffic jam information, and traffic regulation information around the current position.
  • the search condition includes the current position of the smartphone 110, the current position of the vehicle 120, the current time, information related to the driver (for example, driver's preference, schedule, etc.), information related to the vehicle 120 (for example, vehicle type), and the like.
  • information related to the driver for example, driver's preference, schedule, etc.
  • information related to the vehicle 120 for example, vehicle type
  • Various conditions are mentioned.
  • information corresponding to the search conditions for example, facility information and event information around the current position, information such as various events to be held within a certain period of time, information such as facilities that intrigue the driver, etc.
  • Various information can be listed.
  • S610 it is determined whether the information acquired in S604, S606, and S608 includes information updated from the information acquired up to the previous time. Specifically, based on the information stored in the memory 32, it is determined whether each information acquired in S604, S606, and S608 has already been acquired and stored in the information providing process up to the previous time. If the information acquired this time is already stored, the information providing process is terminated. On the other hand, if the information acquired this time includes information that is not stored in the memory 32 (that is, updated information), the updated information is transmitted to the vehicle 120 by BT communication in S612. To do.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 reads the smartphone information notification program 25d from the memory 25, and repeatedly executes the smartphone information notification process, which is a process according to the smartphone information notification program 25d, at a predetermined period.
  • the smartphone information notification process is a process of notifying the driver of various types of information received from the smartphone 110.
  • FIG. 23 is an example of the smartphone information notification process.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 determines whether or not update information (information transmitted in S612 of FIG. 22) has been received from the smartphone 110 by BT communication in S652. . If the update information has not been received, the smartphone information notification process is terminated. When the update information is received, the received update information is notified to the driver in S654. Specifically, for example, the update information may be output from a speaker (not shown), the update information may be displayed on the display unit 26, or the update information may be displayed on the HUD 27.
  • the information providing process of FIG. 22 it is not essential to transmit the updated information among the various information acquired from each site to the vehicle. Some or all of the various information acquired from each site is appropriately transmitted to the vehicle. You may send it. When a part of various information is transmitted, what kind of information should be transmitted can be determined as appropriate.
  • the data communication method between the smartphone 110 and the vehicle 120 is BT communication to the last, and data communication may be performed using another communication method.
  • the vehicle surrounding monitoring service is basically realized by the surrounding information notification application 32h being executed on the smartphone 110 and the surrounding monitoring program 25e being executed on the vehicle 120.
  • the usage mode of the vehicle surroundings monitoring service mainly assumes a mode in which the user who has the smartphone 110 gets on the vehicle 120.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 reads the surroundings monitoring program 25e from the memory 25, and repeatedly executes a surroundings monitoring process that is a process according to the surroundings monitoring program 25e at a predetermined cycle.
  • the surrounding monitoring process is a function of transmitting the number information to the smartphone 110 when the number of surrounding vehicles is recognized from an image (still image) taken by the front camera 28, a function of transmitting the forward video data 32n to the smartphone 110, And a function for notifying the presence of the stolen vehicle based on the notification from the smartphone 110.
  • FIG. 24 is an example of the surrounding monitoring process.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 acquires an image (still image) captured by the front camera 28 in S702.
  • an image of the surrounding vehicle is recognized from the still image acquired in step S702.
  • number information indicating the recognized number is transmitted to the smartphone 110 by BT communication.
  • the front video data 32n is transmitted to the smartphone 110 by BT communication.
  • the forward video data 32n to be transmitted here is the updated amount from the forward video data 32n transmitted in the previous processing of S710, that is, the amount newly stored before the execution of the current processing of S710 after the previous processing of S710. It is. However, it is not essential to transmit only the updated portion in this way.
  • S712 it is determined whether the stolen vehicle discovery information is received from the smartphone 110 by BT communication. If the stolen vehicle discovery information has not been received, the surrounding monitoring process is terminated. If the stolen vehicle discovery information is received, the driver is notified of the presence of the stolen vehicle in S714.
  • the stolen vehicle discovery information transmitted from the smartphone 110 includes that the number information transmitted in S708 includes a number that may be a stolen vehicle and the number. Therefore, in S714, the driver is informed of at least that a vehicle that may be a stolen vehicle is traveling in front of the host vehicle and its number.
  • Various specific notification methods are conceivable. For example, as described in S654 of FIG. 23, notification by voice may be performed, or notification by the display unit 26 or the HUD 27 may be performed.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 reads the ambient information notification application 32h from the memory 32, and repeatedly executes the ambient information notification process, which is a process according to the ambient information notification application 32h, at a predetermined cycle.
  • the surrounding information notification process has a function of determining the presence or absence of a stolen vehicle based on the number information transmitted from the vehicle and transmitting the determination result to the vehicle, and a function of storing the front video data 32n transmitted from the vehicle. This is a process for realizing.
  • FIG. 25 is an example of the surrounding information notification process.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 starts the surrounding information notification process of FIG. 25, in S752, the control unit 31 accesses a specific website in which information on the stolen vehicle is stored in the first communication, and the number of the stolen vehicle
  • the stolen vehicle data 32 p which is the data of the above is acquired and stored in the memory 32. If already stored, the stored data is updated based on the newly acquired data.
  • S760 it is determined whether or not forward video data has been received from the vehicle 120 by BT communication.
  • the front video data 32n stored in the memory 32 is updated based on the received front video data in S762.
  • the front video data 32n stored in the memory 32 can be reproduced on the display unit 33 by performing a predetermined moving image reproduction operation.
  • the vehicle 120 itself may perform the acquisition of stolen vehicle data (S752) and the presence / absence determination of a number corresponding to the stolen vehicle (S756) performed by the smartphone 110.
  • the stolen vehicle discovery information may be transmitted from the vehicle 120 to the smartphone 110 and the smartphone 110 may store the information, or the smartphone 110 may notify the information.
  • the vehicle position notification service is basically realized by executing the vehicle position notification application 32j on the smartphone 110.
  • a usage mode of the vehicle position notification service a mode in which the user who owns the smartphone 110 is mainly away from the vehicle 120 is assumed.
  • Control part 31 of smart phone 110 reads vehicle position information application 32j from memory 32 after starting, and repeatedly performs vehicle position information processing which is processing according to vehicle position information application 32j at a predetermined cycle.
  • the vehicle position notification process is a process for realizing a function of notifying the user of the smartphone 110 of the current position of the vehicle 120 and various information related to the current position.
  • FIG. 26 is an example of a vehicle position notification process.
  • the control part 31 of the smart phone 110 will acquire the positional information (vehicle present position) of the vehicle 120 by 1st communication from the vehicle 120 by S552, if the vehicle position alerting
  • the current position (smartphone current position) of the smartphone 110 is detected based on information received by the GPS receiver 37.
  • a map image of a predetermined range including the vehicle current position acquired in S552 and the smartphone current position acquired in S554 is displayed on the display unit 33.
  • a vehicle mark indicating the vehicle 120 is displayed at a position corresponding to the current vehicle position in the map image, and a smartphone mark indicating the smartphone 110 is displayed at a position corresponding to the current smartphone position.
  • the user of the smartphone 110 can grasp his / her position (that is, the position of the smartphone 110) and can also grasp the position of the vehicle 120.
  • vehicle position related information is calculated based on the current vehicle position and the current smartphone position, and is displayed on the display unit 33.
  • the vehicle position related information is information that directly or indirectly indicates the relative position of the vehicle 120 with respect to the current smartphone position.
  • the vehicle position related information includes, for example, a linear distance from the current smartphone position to the current vehicle position, a distance from the current smartphone position to the current vehicle position, and a predetermined route from the current smartphone position to the current vehicle position. The number of steps required to go on foot, the direction of the current position of the vehicle as viewed from the current position of the smartphone, and the like.
  • the orientation of the smartphone 110 (specifically, the orientation in the specific direction described above) is detected.
  • the user of the smartphone 110 is notified that the smartphone 110 is facing the direction of the vehicle 120.
  • This notification may be performed by voice, for example, by operating a vibration mechanism (not shown) to mechanically vibrate the smartphone 110, or by displaying predetermined information on the display unit 33. You may go.
  • the user of the smartphone 110 can acquire various types of information regarding the position of the vehicle 120 by this vehicle position notification process.
  • the processing of S546 and S566 allows the user of the smartphone 110 to find out the direction of the vehicle 120 while changing the orientation of the smartphone 110 in various ways.
  • the SNS cooperation service is basically realized by executing the SNS application 32k in the smartphone 110 and executing the SNS cooperation program 25f in the vehicle 120.
  • SNS cooperation service a form in which a user who owns the smartphone 110 is driving the vehicle 120 (in other words, a form in which the driver's smartphone 110 exists in the vehicle 120). Is assumed.
  • the control part 10 of the vehicle 120 reads the SNS cooperation program 25f from the memory 25 after starting, and repeatedly performs the SNS cooperation process which is a process according to the SNS cooperation program 25f with a predetermined period.
  • the SNS cooperation process is a process of determining the driver's mood from the image of the driver's face and transmitting the determination result to the smartphone 110.
  • FIG. 27 is an example of the SNS linkage process.
  • a process of recognizing the driver's face image from the still image acquired in S804 is performed.
  • the driver's mood for example, emotion of emotions
  • the driver's mood is determined.
  • mood information indicating the determination result (driver's mood) in S808 is transmitted to the smartphone 110 by BT communication.
  • the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 reads the SNS application 32k from the memory 32, and repeatedly executes an SNS process, which is a process according to the SNS application 32k, at a predetermined period.
  • the SNS application 32k is an application that can realize a function equivalent to a known application that can enjoy SNS, such as LINE (registered trademark) or TWITTER (registered trademark).
  • the SNS application 32k has a function of automatically transmitting various images and messages according to mood information transmitted from the vehicle 120 in addition to the functions of known similar applications.
  • FIG. 28 is an example of the SNS process.
  • the control part 31 of the smart phone 110 will determine whether the mood information was received from the vehicle 120 by S852, if the SNS process of FIG. 28 is started. If the mood information has not been received, other regulation processing is executed in S854.
  • the prescribed process is a process equivalent to various processes executed in a known SNS application, such as message reception from an external terminal or server and message transmission to an external terminal or server.
  • a notification image indicating the mood of the user of the smartphone 110 is determined in S856.
  • the notification image may be any image as long as it shows the driver's feeling. For example, when the driver has an angry feeling, the text “I am angry!” May be generated and determined as the notification image, or the face illustration image stored in advance may be determined. An illustration image of an angry facial expression may be extracted from the inside and determined as a notification image. Also, for example, when the driver has a surprise or emotional feeling, the text “I saw a great thing!” May be generated and determined as a notification image, or stored in advance. An illustration image of a surprised expression may be extracted from the illustration images of the face that is present and determined as a notification image.
  • the notification image data may be transmitted to the vehicle 120, and the notification image may be displayed on the vehicle 120 by a predetermined method.
  • a device that irradiates a window glass with laser light is activated, and a notification image is displayed on the window glass by operating the device to allow a person outside the vehicle 120 to feel the driver's feelings of the vehicle 120. You may be able to know.
  • the notification image may be made visible from the outside for a certain period of time by arranging a phosphorescent material capable of storing light of the wavelength of the laser light for a certain period on the window glass.
  • the driving propriety determination service is basically realized by executing the physical condition management application 32m in the smartphone 110 and executing the physical condition information corresponding program 25g in the vehicle 120.
  • a usage form of the driving propriety determination service a form in which a user who owns the smartphone 110 is driving the vehicle 120 is mainly assumed.
  • the control part 31 of the smart phone 110 reads the physical condition management application 32m from the memory 32 after starting, and repeatedly performs the physical condition management process which is a process according to the physical condition management application 32m with a predetermined period.
  • the physical condition management process is a process for acquiring information related to the physical condition of the user of the smartphone 110 and transmitting the information to the vehicle 120.
  • FIG. 29 is an example of a physical condition management process.
  • the control part 31 of the smart phone 110 will determine whether the request
  • the physical condition related information is various information directly or indirectly related to the physical condition of the user of the smartphone 110, and examples thereof include the number of steps for each specific period (for example, every day), the pulse rate, the heart rate, and the body temperature. .
  • the physical condition management process is terminated. If physical condition related information is requested, physical condition related information is acquired in S904. For example, the number of steps can be acquired based on the detection signal from the motion sensor group 50 as described above. In addition, for example, a pulse, a heart rate, correspondence, and the like may be acquired based on a detection signal from the sensor provided in the smartphone 110 itself, and a function of detecting these may be provided. You may acquire by data communication from another terminal (for example, wristwatch type information processing terminal).
  • another terminal for example, wristwatch type information processing terminal.
  • the physical condition related information acquired in S904 is transmitted to the vehicle 120 by BT communication.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 reads the physical condition information corresponding program 25g from the memory 25, and the physical condition information is a process according to the physical condition information corresponding program 25g.
  • the corresponding process is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. Examples of the starting operation include an operation of turning on an ignition switch.
  • an electric vehicle, a hybrid vehicle, etc. there is an operation of turning on a so-called power switch for making the vehicle stand by in a running state.
  • the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 requests physical condition related information to the smartphone 110 through BT communication in S952 when the physical condition information corresponding process of FIG. 30 is started. And the physical condition relevant information is acquired by receiving the physical condition relevant information transmitted by BT communication from the smart phone 110 with respect to the request
  • whether or not the driver can drive the vehicle 120 is determined based on the physical condition related information acquired in S952 (that is, information related to the physical condition of the driver). For example, when the driver's pulse and heart rate are out of the normal range, it is determined that driving is impossible. Further, for example, if the total number of steps during the day yesterday is equal to or less than a predetermined lower limit value, it is determined that driving is not possible because a movement method other than the vehicle 120 (for example, walking or bicycle) is recommended as lack of exercise. Conversely, if the pulse and heart rate are both within the normal range, or if the total number of steps during the day yesterday exceeds the lower limit, there is a special case that should hesitate to let the driver drive the vehicle 120. If there are no circumstances, it is determined that driving is possible.
  • the physical condition related information acquired in S952 that is, information related to the physical condition of the driver. For example, when the driver's pulse and heart rate are out of the normal range, it is determined that driving is impossible. Further, for example,
  • S956 based on the determination result in S954, it is determined whether or not the driver can drive the vehicle 120 (whether or not it is determined that driving is possible). If it is determined that the vehicle can be driven, the operation state of the vehicle 120 is shifted to the traveling standby state in S958. In the travel standby state, the driver can drive the vehicle 120. If it is not determined that the vehicle can be driven in S956 (that is, if it is determined that the vehicle cannot be driven in S954), a travel prohibition process is executed in S960. Specifically, even if the driver depresses the accelerator pedal, it is invalidated and the vehicle 120 is not forced to travel.
  • a portable communication terminal for example, a wristwatch-type terminal with a built-in motion sensor is attached to the arm of a guide who is deployed in a parking lot, the arm of a guide who conducts traffic, or a police officer.
  • the movement of the arm (that is, the hand gesture) may be detected so that the meaning of the hand gesture (what instruction by the guide or the like) indicates can be recognized.
  • Hand gesture recognition may be performed by a portable communication terminal attached to an arm, or a motion sensor detection signal is transmitted to another communication terminal (for example, the above-described smartphone) or a vehicle and performed at the transmission destination. May be.
  • Examples of recognizable gestures include a stop instruction, an entry prohibition instruction, a start enable instruction, and the like. And you may make it alert
  • a smartphone receives a detection signal of a motion sensor from a portable communication terminal worn by an inducer on an arm, performs gesture recognition on the smartphone, and notifies the recognition result on the smartphone or transmits it to the vehicle. May be notified by the vehicle.
  • the vehicle to which the present invention is applicable is not limited to the vehicle 1 according to the above-described embodiment using an engine as a driving source for travel, but may be a hybrid vehicle, an electric vehicle, or other various drive system vehicles. Further, the present invention can be applied not only to passenger cars but also to commercial vehicles, trucks, buses, railway vehicles, and all other types of vehicles.
  • the wireless communication between the electronic key and the vehicle is performed by an appropriate method according to the relative distance between the two. Therefore, wireless communication between the electronic key and the vehicle can be performed efficiently.
  • the electronic key is Permission to determine whether or not transmission of the processing command by the other wireless communication method is permitted when the communication method determination unit determines that wireless communication by the one wireless communication method is not possible It has a judgment part, When the communication method determination unit determines that wireless communication using the one wireless communication method is not possible, the command transmission unit transmits the processing command according to the other wireless communication method by the permission determination unit. When it is determined that the processing is permitted, the processing command is transmitted to the vehicle by the other wireless communication method.
  • a processing command is sent to the vehicle by the other wireless communication method. It is possible to arbitrarily decide whether or not to transmit. If transmission by the other wireless communication method is permitted, the vehicle can be remotely controlled even if the electronic key is away from the vehicle. Conversely, if transmission with the other wireless communication method is not permitted, the vehicle can be used when the electronic key is more than a certain distance from the vehicle (a distance that allows wireless communication with one wireless communication method). Can not be remotely controlled, so security performance can be improved.
  • a communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key;
  • the communication terminal is A display unit;
  • a display control unit that causes the display unit to display a processing item image that is an image indicating a processing item that can be executed on the vehicle;
  • a designation input unit that accepts a designation input for designating at least one of the processing item images displayed on the display unit by the display control unit;
  • a command transmission unit that transmits a processing command corresponding to the processing item indicated by the processing item image designated by the designation input unit to the electronic key;
  • the electronic key is A vehicle control system comprising: a command transmission unit that transmits a processing command indicating the processing item corresponding to the processing command to the vehicle when the processing command is received from the communication terminal.
  • a communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key;
  • the communication terminal is At least one of an imaging unit capable of capturing a moving image and a voice input unit capable of inputting sound;
  • a process accepting unit that accepts at least one of the user's gesture imaged by the imaging unit and the user's voice input to the audio input unit as process designation information;
  • a transmission unit for transmitting the processing designation information to the electronic key;
  • the electronic key is When the processing designation information is received from the communication terminal, a processing command corresponding to the processing item indicated by the received processing designation information among processing items that can be executed on the vehicle is sent to the vehicle.
  • a vehicle control system comprising a command transmission unit for transmission.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Lock And Its Accessories (AREA)
  • Selective Calling Equipment (AREA)

Abstract

A vehicle control system is provided with an electronic key which is communicable by radio with a vehicle, and a communication terminal which is communicable by radio with the electronic key. The communication terminal is provided with a designation input unit which accepts a designation input of a processing item for causing the vehicle to perform specific processing, the processing item indicating the contents of the processing to be executed, and an instruction transmission unit which transmits to the electronic key a processing instruction indicating the processing item inputted by the designation input unit. The electronic key is provided with a command transmission unit which, when the processing instruction is received from the communication terminal, transmits a processing command indicating the processing item corresponding to the processing instruction to the vehicle.

Description

車両制御システムVehicle control system 関連出願の相互参照Cross-reference of related applications
 本国際出願は、2014年5月16日に日本国特許庁に出願された日本国特許出願第2014-102321号に基づく優先権を主張するものであり、日本国特許出願第2014-102321号の全内容を本国際出願に参照により援用する。 This international application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-102321 filed with the Japan Patent Office on May 16, 2014, and is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-102321. The entire contents are incorporated by reference into this international application.
 本発明は、車両を遠隔制御可能な車両制御システムに関する。 The present invention relates to a vehicle control system capable of remotely controlling a vehicle.
 ユーザが携帯した電子キーと車両との間の無線通信によりユーザがキーに触れることなくドアのロック・アンロックやエンジンの始動・停止を行うことが可能な電子キーシステムが広く普及している(例えば、特許文献1参照。)。 Electronic key systems that allow users to lock / unlock doors and start / stop engines without touching the keys by wireless communication between the electronic key carried by the user and the vehicle are widely used ( For example, see Patent Document 1.)
特開2006-341768号公報JP 2006-341768 A
 電子キーと車両との無線通信を直接又は間接的に利用することでより多様な機能を実現できると便利である。本発明の一側面においては、電子キーを用いた利便性の高い車両制御システムを提供できるようにすることが望ましい。 It is convenient to be able to realize more diverse functions by directly or indirectly using wireless communication between the electronic key and the vehicle. In one aspect of the present invention, it is desirable to provide a highly convenient vehicle control system using an electronic key.
 本発明の一側面の車両制御システムは、車両と無線通信可能な電子キーと、電子キーと無線通信可能な通信端末とを備える。通信端末は、指定入力部と、指令送信部とを備える。指定入力部は、車両に対して特定の処理を実行させるための、その実行させる処理の内容を示す処理項目の指定入力を受け付ける。指令送信部は、指定入力部により入力された処理項目を示す処理指令を電子キーへ送信する。電子キーは、通信端末から処理指令を受信した場合に、その処理指令に対応した処理項目を示す処理コマンドを車両へ送信するコマンド送信部を備える。 The vehicle control system according to one aspect of the present invention includes an electronic key capable of wireless communication with a vehicle and a communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key. The communication terminal includes a designation input unit and a command transmission unit. The designation input unit receives designation input of a process item indicating the contents of the process to be executed for causing the vehicle to execute a specific process. The command transmission unit transmits a processing command indicating the processing item input by the designation input unit to the electronic key. The electronic key includes a command transmission unit that transmits a processing command indicating a processing item corresponding to the processing command to the vehicle when the processing command is received from the communication terminal.
 このような構成によれば、車両のユーザは、通信端末を操作することで、電子キーを中継させて車両を遠隔制御することができる。
 なお、電子キーとは、少なくとも、車両と無線通信を行うことが可能であって、車両に対して無線通信による各種データを送信することが可能な、携帯型の無線通信機である。電子キーから車両へ各種データが送信される際、電子キーと車両の照合に必要な照合用のデータも送信される。車両は、電子キーから各種データを受信した場合、その中に含まれている照合用データを参照し、正規の電子キーからの照合用データであることを確認した場合に、その電子キーから受信された各種データを有効化して、その各種データに基づく各種処理を実行する。
According to such a configuration, the user of the vehicle can remotely control the vehicle by relaying the electronic key by operating the communication terminal.
The electronic key is a portable wireless communication device that can perform at least wireless communication with a vehicle and can transmit various data by wireless communication to the vehicle. When various types of data are transmitted from the electronic key to the vehicle, verification data necessary for verification between the electronic key and the vehicle is also transmitted. When the vehicle receives various data from the electronic key, it refers to the verification data contained in it, and when it is confirmed that the verification data is from the regular electronic key, it receives from the electronic key. The various types of data are validated, and various processes based on the various types of data are executed.
 また、指定入力部とは、ユーザによる、処理項目(即ち車両に対して実行させたい処理の内容)の指定を受け付ける手段である。この指定入力部により、車両に実行させるべき処理項目が受け付けられる。また、指令送信部とは、処理項目を示す処理指令を電子キーへ無線送信する手段である。指定入力部により受け付けられた処理項目は、指令送信部によって電子キーへ無線送信される。これにより、電子キーは、通信端末においてユーザにより指定された処理項目を認識することができる。 Also, the designation input unit is a means for accepting designation of processing items (that is, contents of processing to be executed on the vehicle) by the user. Processing items to be executed by the vehicle are received by the designation input unit. The command transmission unit is means for wirelessly transmitting a processing command indicating a processing item to the electronic key. The process item received by the designation input unit is wirelessly transmitted to the electronic key by the command transmission unit. Thereby, the electronic key can recognize the processing item designated by the user in the communication terminal.
 また、上記構成において、通信端末は、所定の端末側固有情報が記憶された端末側記憶部を備え、指令送信部は、処理指令を電子キーへ送信する際、端末側記憶部に記憶されている端末側固有情報を送信するようにしてもよい。その場合、電子キーは、キー側記憶部と、固有情報判断部とを備えていてもよい。キー側記憶部は、所定のキー側固有情報が記憶されている。固有情報判断部は、通信端末から処理指令及び端末側固有情報を受信した場合に、その受信した端末側固有情報とキー側記憶部に記憶されているキー側固有情報とが特定の関係にあるか否か判断する。そして、コマンド送信部は、固有情報判断部により上記特定の関係にあると判断された場合に処理コマンドの送信を行うようにしてもよい。 Further, in the above configuration, the communication terminal includes a terminal-side storage unit in which predetermined terminal-side unique information is stored, and the command transmission unit is stored in the terminal-side storage unit when transmitting the processing command to the electronic key. The terminal side unique information may be transmitted. In that case, the electronic key may include a key-side storage unit and a unique information determination unit. The key-side storage unit stores predetermined key-side unique information. When receiving the processing command and the terminal side unique information from the communication terminal, the unique information determination unit has a specific relationship between the received terminal side unique information and the key side unique information stored in the key side storage unit Determine whether or not. Then, the command transmission unit may transmit the processing command when the specific information determination unit determines that the specific relationship is established.
 なお、通信端末に記憶されている端末側固有情報とは、電子キーが通信端末から処理指令を受信した場合にその処理指令を有効化してもよいか否か(即ち処理コマンドとして車両へ中継送信してもよいか否か)の判断(以下単に「認証」ともいう)を行うために用いられる情報である。 Note that the terminal side unique information stored in the communication terminal is whether or not the processing instruction may be validated when the electronic key receives the processing instruction from the communication terminal (that is, relayed to the vehicle as the processing command) This information is used to make a determination (hereinafter also simply referred to as “authentication”).
 一方、電子キーに記憶されているキー側固有情報とは、上記認証を行うための、上記端末側固有情報との比較用の情報である。端末側固有情報は、例えば上記の照合用データ(車両が電子キーの照合に用いるデータ)であってもよい。 On the other hand, the key side unique information stored in the electronic key is information for comparison with the terminal side unique information for performing the authentication. The terminal-side specific information may be, for example, the above-described verification data (data used by the vehicle for verification of the electronic key).
 また、電子キーの固有情報判断部は、通信端末から処理指令を受信した場合に上記認証を行う手段である。即ち、固有情報判断部は、通信端末から処理指令を受信した場合に、その処理指令と共に受信された端末側固有情報と、電子キーに記憶されているキー側固有情報とを比較する。そして、両者が特定の関係にある(例えば両者が一致する)場合に、通信端末からの処理指令を有効化して、その処理離例に対応した処理コマンドを車両へ送信する。 Also, the unique information determination unit of the electronic key is a means for performing the authentication when a processing command is received from the communication terminal. That is, when the processing information is received from the communication terminal, the unique information determining unit compares the terminal-side unique information received together with the processing command with the key-side unique information stored in the electronic key. And when both are in the specific relationship (for example, both correspond), the process command from a communication terminal is validated and the process command corresponding to the process example is transmitted to a vehicle.
 このような構成によれば、車両が不正に操作されるのを抑制することができ、システムのセキュリティ性能を向上させることができる。
 また、上記構成において、通信端末は、動画を撮影可能な撮像部、及び音声を入力可能な音声入力部、のうち少なくとも一方を備えていてもよい。そして、指定入力部は、撮像部により撮影されたユーザのジェスチャー、及び音声入力部に入力されたユーザの音声、のうち少なくとも一方に基づいて処理項目の指定入力を受け付け可能であってもよい。
According to such a structure, it can suppress that a vehicle is manipulated illegally and can improve the security performance of a system.
In the above configuration, the communication terminal may include at least one of an imaging unit that can capture a moving image and an audio input unit that can input audio. And the designation | designated input part may be able to receive designation | designated input of a process item based on at least one among the user's gesture image | photographed by the imaging part, and the user's voice input into the audio | voice input part.
 このような構成によれば、車両のユーザは、通信端末から車両を制御する際に、所望の処理項目を多様な方法で指定することができる。即ち、ユーザにとって使い勝手の良いシステムを提供することが可能となる。 According to such a configuration, the user of the vehicle can specify a desired processing item by various methods when controlling the vehicle from the communication terminal. That is, a user-friendly system can be provided.
 なお、本発明は、前述した車両制御システムの他、当該車両制御システムが有する各種装置(通信端末、電子キー)、車両、それら各種装置を構成する各部としてコンピュータを機能させるためのプログラム、車両制御方法など、種々の形態で実現することができる。 In addition to the vehicle control system described above, the present invention includes various devices (communication terminal, electronic key), a vehicle, a program for causing a computer to function as each unit constituting these various devices, vehicle control, and the like. It can be realized in various forms such as a method.
図1Aは車両制御システムの利用イメージを示す説明図であり、図1Bは車両の上面図である。FIG. 1A is an explanatory diagram showing a usage image of the vehicle control system, and FIG. 1B is a top view of the vehicle. スマートフォンの概略構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows schematic structure of a smart phone. 操作メニュー画面の具体的内容を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the specific content of an operation menu screen. 電子キーの概略構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows schematic structure of an electronic key. 充電ケーブルを用いた、スマートフォンから電子キーへの給電方法を説明するための説明図である。It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the electric power feeding method from a smart phone to an electronic key using a charging cable. 車両の概略構成を示すブロック図である。1 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a vehicle. 第1実施形態のスマートフォンが実行する車両操作アプリを示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the vehicle operation application which the smart phone of 1st Embodiment performs. 図7における車両操作処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the vehicle operation process in FIG. 第1実施形態の電子キーが実行する電子キー制御処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the electronic key control process which the electronic key of 1st Embodiment performs. 図9における中継処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。10 is a flowchart showing details of relay processing in FIG. 9. 第1実施形態の車両が実行する遠隔制御処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the remote control process which the vehicle of 1st Embodiment performs. 図11の遠隔制御処理における機能制限確認処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the function restriction | limiting confirmation process in the remote control process of FIG. タグ対応処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a tag corresponding | compatible process. 第2実施形態の電子キーの概略構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows schematic structure of the electronic key of 2nd Embodiment. 第2実施形態の電子キーが実行する電子キー制御処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the electronic key control process which the electronic key of 2nd Embodiment performs. 車両が実行する車両情報通知処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the vehicle information notification process which a vehicle performs. スマートフォンが実行する車両情報表示処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the vehicle information display process which a smart phone performs. 電子キーが実行するシステム情報送信処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the system information transmission process which an electronic key performs. スマートフォンが実行するシステム状態通知処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the system status notification process which a smart phone performs. スマートフォンの他の構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the other structural example of a smart phone. 車両の他の構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the other structural example of a vehicle. スマートフォンで実行される情報提供処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the information provision process performed with a smart phone. 車両で実行されるスマホ情報報知処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the smart phone information alerting | reporting process performed with a vehicle. 車両で実行される周囲監視処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the periphery monitoring process performed with a vehicle. スマートフォンで実行される周囲情報報知処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the surrounding information alerting | reporting process performed with a smart phone. スマートフォンで実行される車両位置報知処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the vehicle position alerting | reporting process performed with a smart phone. 車両で実行されるSNS連携処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the SNS cooperation process performed with a vehicle. スマートフォンで実行されるSNS処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the SNS process performed with a smart phone. スマートフォンで実行される体調管理処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the physical condition management process performed with a smart phone. 車両で実行される体調情報対応処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the physical condition information corresponding | compatible process performed with a vehicle.
 1…車両、2,80…電子キー、3…スマートフォン、4…車室外送信機、5…車室内送信機、6…受信機、7,35,55…第1通信部、8,57…第2通信部、9,37…GPS受信部、10,31,51,81…制御部、11…エンジン部、12…ブレーキ部、13…ステアリング部、14…エアコン、15…ドア、16…ラゲージドア、17…ウィンドウ、18…ドアミラー、19…ワイパー、20…ヘッドライト、21…ウィンカー、25,32,52,82…メモリ、33,85…表示部、34…タッチパネル、34a…指紋検出部、36,56…BT通信部、39…USBレセプタクル、40,59…バッテリ、41,60…レギュレータ、42,61…非接触受給電部、43…カメラ、44…画像処理部、45,83…マイク、46,84…音声処理部、48…操作メニュー画面、53…送信部、54…受信部、58,86…操作入力部、62…電源入力ジャック、70…充電ケーブル、400…車室外検知エリア、500…車室内検知エリア。 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 ... Vehicle, 2,80 ... Electronic key, 3 ... Smartphone, 4 ... Outside transmitter, 5 ... In-vehicle transmitter, 6 ... Receiver, 7, 35, 55 ... First communication part, 8, 57 ... First 2 communication units, 9, 37 ... GPS receiving unit, 10, 31, 51, 81 ... control unit, 11 ... engine unit, 12 ... brake unit, 13 ... steering unit, 14 ... air conditioner, 15 ... door, 16 ... luggage door, 17 ... Window, 18 ... Door mirror, 19 ... Wiper, 20 ... Headlight, 21 ... Winker, 25, 32, 52, 82 ... Memory, 33, 85 ... Display unit, 34 ... Touch panel, 34a ... Fingerprint detection unit, 36, 56: BT communication unit, 39: USB receptacle, 40, 59 ... battery, 41, 60 ... regulator, 42, 61 ... non-contact power feeding / receiving unit, 43 ... camera, 44 ... image processing unit, 45, 83 ... 46, 84 ... voice processing unit, 48 ... operation menu screen, 53 ... transmission unit, 54 ... reception unit, 58, 86 ... operation input unit, 62 ... power input jack, 70 ... charging cable, 400 ... detection outside the vehicle compartment Area, 500: Detection area inside the vehicle.
 以下に、本発明の例示的な実施形態を図面に基づいて説明する。
 [第1実施形態]
 (1)車両制御システムの全体構成
 本実施形態の車両制御システムは、図1Aに示すように、車両1と、電子キー2と、スマートフォン3とを有し、スマートフォン3から電子キー2を中継して車両1を制御することが可能なシステムである。
Hereinafter, exemplary embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
[First Embodiment]
(1) Overall Configuration of Vehicle Control System As shown in FIG. 1A, the vehicle control system of this embodiment includes a vehicle 1, an electronic key 2, and a smartphone 3, and relays the electronic key 2 from the smartphone 3. Thus, the vehicle 1 can be controlled.
 電子キー2は、車両1のドアの解錠・施錠や、車両1の走行用駆動源(本実施形態ではエンジン)の始動を、機械式のキーを車両1に直接挿入することなく実現するために用いられる、無線通信機能を備えたキーである。後述するように、車両1からは定期的にリクエスト信号が送信されており、電子キー2がそのリクエスト信号を受信可能なエリア内に入ると、電子キー2にてリクエスト信号が受信される。電子キー2は、車両1からのリクエスト信号を受信すると、車両1へ応答信号及びユーザIDを送信する。車両1は、電子キー2から応答信号及びユーザIDを受信すると、車両1自身のユーザIDとの照合を行い、一致した場合は、ドアの解錠・施錠や走行用駆動源の始動などが可能な操作可能状態となる。操作可能状態中は、ユーザが例えばドアのハンドルのタッチセンサに触れるとドアが解錠(アンロック)される。また、ユーザが車室内の特定の始動ボタンを押下すると、エンジンが始動する。 The electronic key 2 is used to unlock and lock the door of the vehicle 1 and start the driving source for driving the vehicle 1 (engine in this embodiment) without directly inserting the mechanical key into the vehicle 1. It is a key having a wireless communication function used in As will be described later, a request signal is periodically transmitted from the vehicle 1. When the electronic key 2 enters an area where the request signal can be received, the request signal is received by the electronic key 2. When receiving the request signal from the vehicle 1, the electronic key 2 transmits a response signal and a user ID to the vehicle 1. When the vehicle 1 receives the response signal and the user ID from the electronic key 2, the vehicle 1 collates with the user ID of the vehicle 1 itself, and if the vehicle ID matches, the door can be unlocked / locked and the driving source for driving can be started. It becomes possible to operate. During the operable state, for example, when the user touches the touch sensor on the handle of the door, the door is unlocked (unlocked). Further, when the user presses a specific start button in the passenger compartment, the engine is started.
 そのため、車両1のユーザは、電子キー2をポケットやカバンの中などに所持した状態で車両1に近付くことで、従来のように機械式キーを用いることなく、車両1を解錠・施錠したりエンジンを始動させたりすることができる。 Therefore, the user of the vehicle 1 unlocks and locks the vehicle 1 without using a mechanical key as in the prior art by approaching the vehicle 1 while holding the electronic key 2 in a pocket or a bag. Or start the engine.
 上述した機能は、電子キー2を用いて実現可能な基本的機能であり、既に一般的に知られて実用化もされている機能である。本実施形態では、上記の基本的な機能に加え、さらに、後述するように、スマートフォン3と車両1との通信を中継する中継機能を備えており、この中継機能により、スマートフォン3から車両1を遠隔操作可能な高度制御システムが実現される。 The above-described functions are basic functions that can be realized by using the electronic key 2, and are functions that are already generally known and put into practical use. In the present embodiment, in addition to the basic functions described above, a relay function for relaying communication between the smartphone 3 and the vehicle 1 is provided as will be described later. A remote control advanced control system is realized.
 図1Aには、電子キー2を上着のポケットに入れて携帯しているユーザ4が車両1の傍でスマートフォン3を操作している様子が図示されている。ユーザ4は、スマートフォン3を操作することで、車両1の各部を動作させたり、車両1を動かしたり、車両1から情報を取得したりすることができる。 FIG. 1A shows a state in which a user 4 who is carrying the electronic key 2 in a jacket pocket is operating the smartphone 3 near the vehicle 1. The user 4 can operate each part of the vehicle 1, move the vehicle 1, and acquire information from the vehicle 1 by operating the smartphone 3.
 図1Bは、車両1を上から見下ろした図である。車両1は、前後左右合計4枚のドア15と、ラゲージドア16と、左右合計2つのドアミラー18と、ワイパー19と、車両前端の左右両側に設けられた2つのヘッドライト20と、四隅に設けられた4つのウィンカー21とを備える。各ドア15には、それぞれウィンドウ(窓)17が設けられている。 FIG. 1B is a view of the vehicle 1 as viewed from above. The vehicle 1 includes four doors 15 in total, left and right, a luggage door 16, two door mirrors 18 in total, a wiper 19, two headlights 20 provided on the left and right sides of the front end of the vehicle, and four corners. And four winkers 21. Each door 15 is provided with a window 17.
 また、車両1の車室内には、固定部22と、車室内カメラ24とが設けられている。固定部22は、車室内における後部天井に設けられている。固定部22は、スマートフォン3を含む、各種の通信端末を固定可能に構成されている。固定部22には、USBプラグ23が設けられている。 Further, a fixed portion 22 and a vehicle interior camera 24 are provided in the vehicle interior of the vehicle 1. The fixing portion 22 is provided on the rear ceiling in the vehicle interior. The fixing unit 22 is configured to fix various communication terminals including the smartphone 3. The fixing unit 22 is provided with a USB plug 23.
 車室内カメラ24は、車室内における前方天井に設けられている。車室内カメラ24は、車室内前方側から撮影車室内のほぼ全体を撮影可能に設けられている。
 また、車両1には、車両1が電子キー2の存在を検知することが可能な検知エリアが形成される。具体的には、車両1の外部には車室外検知エリア400が形成され、車両1の室内には車室内検知エリア500が形成される。これら各検知エリア400,500は、それぞれ、後述する車室外送信機4及び車室内送信機5(何れも図1A,図1Bでは図示略。図6参照。)により形成される。
The vehicle interior camera 24 is provided on the front ceiling in the vehicle interior. The vehicle interior camera 24 is provided so as to be able to photograph almost the entire interior of the photographing vehicle interior from the front side of the vehicle interior.
In addition, a detection area in which the vehicle 1 can detect the presence of the electronic key 2 is formed in the vehicle 1. Specifically, a vehicle interior detection area 400 is formed outside the vehicle 1, and a vehicle interior detection area 500 is formed inside the vehicle 1. Each of these detection areas 400 and 500 is formed by a vehicle interior transmitter 4 and a vehicle interior transmitter 5 (both not shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B, see FIG. 6).
 車室内検知エリア500は、車両1の室内に設けられた車室内送信機5から送信されるリクエスト信号を電子キー2が受信可能なエリアである。車室外検知エリア400は、車両1の外部において、車両1の側面に設けられた車室外送信機4から送信されるリクエスト信号を電子キー2が受信可能なエリアである。 The vehicle interior detection area 500 is an area where the electronic key 2 can receive a request signal transmitted from a vehicle interior transmitter 5 provided in the vehicle 1. The outside detection area 400 is an area where the electronic key 2 can receive a request signal transmitted from the outside transmitter 4 provided on the side surface of the vehicle 1 outside the vehicle 1.
 なお、図1Bに示した各エリア400,500の範囲はあくまでも一例である。車室外検知エリア及び車室内検知エリアの具体的範囲は、各送信機4,5の設置位置や設置数を調整したり、各送信機4,5として所望の電波放射特性を持つ送信機を適宜選定したりすることで、適宜設定することができる。 Note that the ranges of the areas 400 and 500 shown in FIG. 1B are merely examples. The specific ranges of the vehicle exterior detection area and the vehicle interior detection area can be adjusted by adjusting the installation position and the number of installation of the transmitters 4 and 5 and appropriately transmitting each transmitter 4 and 5 with a desired radio wave emission characteristic. It can set suitably by selecting.
 (2)スマートフォン3の説明
 スマートフォン3の具体的構成について、図2を用いて説明する。スマートフォン3は、携帯電話網を介した音声通話機能を含む複数種類の通信機能を備えた多機能携帯情報端末である。スマートフォン3は、無線通信機能として少なくとも、第1通信方式による無線通信(以下「第1通信」と略す)と、Bluetooth(ブルートゥース)(登録商標。以下同様。)による無線通信(以下「BT通信」と略す)と、の2種類の無線通信機能を備える。
(2) Description of Smartphone 3 A specific configuration of the smartphone 3 will be described with reference to FIG. The smartphone 3 is a multi-function portable information terminal having a plurality of types of communication functions including a voice call function via a mobile phone network. The smartphone 3 has at least wireless communication by a first communication method (hereinafter referred to as “first communication”) and wireless communication (hereinafter referred to as “BT communication”) by Bluetooth (registered trademark; the same shall apply hereinafter) as a wireless communication function. And two types of wireless communication functions.
 第1通信は、遠距離間での無線通信も可能な通信方式であり、本実施形態では例えば携帯電話回線網を用いた無線通信方式である。そのため、スマートフォン3が携帯電話の通信圏内に存在している限り、スマートフォン3のユーザは、第1通信にて音声通話やデータ通信が可能である。BT通信は、2.4GHz帯の電波を用いた周知の近距離無線通信方式である。 The first communication is a communication method capable of wireless communication over a long distance. In the present embodiment, for example, the first communication is a wireless communication method using a mobile phone network. Therefore, as long as the smart phone 3 exists within the communication range of the mobile phone, the user of the smart phone 3 can perform a voice call and data communication in the first communication. BT communication is a well-known short-range wireless communication method using 2.4 GHz band radio waves.
 スマートフォン3は、図2に示すように、制御部31と、メモリ32と、表示部33と、タッチパネル34と、第1通信部35と、BT通信部36と、GPS受信部37と、USBインタフェース(以下「USBI/F」と略す)38と、USBレセプタクル39と、バッテリ40と、レギュレータ41と、非接触受給電部42と、カメラ43と、画像処理部44と、マイク45と、音声処理部46と、タグリーダライタ47と、を備える。 As shown in FIG. 2, the smartphone 3 includes a control unit 31, a memory 32, a display unit 33, a touch panel 34, a first communication unit 35, a BT communication unit 36, a GPS reception unit 37, and a USB interface. (Hereinafter abbreviated as “USB I / F”) 38, USB receptacle 39, battery 40, regulator 41, non-contact power supply / reception unit 42, camera 43, image processing unit 44, microphone 45, and audio processing A unit 46 and a tag reader / writer 47.
 制御部31は、図示しないCPU、ROM、RAM、I/Oなどを備えたマイクロコンピュータを含む。制御部31は、当該制御部31に接続されている各部を含む、スマートフォン3内の各種回路、機能ブロックを制御する。後述する車両操作アプリ32aを含む各種プログラムは制御部31のCPUにより実行される。 The control unit 31 includes a microcomputer provided with a CPU, ROM, RAM, I / O, etc. (not shown). The control unit 31 controls various circuits and functional blocks in the smartphone 3 including each unit connected to the control unit 31. Various programs including a vehicle operation application 32a described later are executed by the CPU of the control unit 31.
 メモリ32は、記憶内容を電気的に書き換え可能な不揮発性メモリであり、本実施形態ではフラッシュメモリである。メモリ32には、各種のプログラムやデータが記憶されている。メモリ32に記憶されているプログラムやデータには、車両操作アプリ32a、車両操作メニューデータ32b、音声パターン32c、ジェスチャーパターン32d、ID情報32e、及び認証情報32fが含まれる。 The memory 32 is a nonvolatile memory capable of electrically rewriting stored contents, and is a flash memory in this embodiment. The memory 32 stores various programs and data. The programs and data stored in the memory 32 include a vehicle operation application 32a, vehicle operation menu data 32b, a voice pattern 32c, a gesture pattern 32d, ID information 32e, and authentication information 32f.
 表示部33は、各種画像や情報を表示可能な表示デバイス(例えば液晶ディスプレイ)である。タッチパネル34は、指先や専用ペンなどの指示体で接触することにより入力操作を行うことが可能な周知の入力デバイスである。タッチパネル34は、表示部33における画像表示領域のほぼ全面に重畳して配置されている。さらに、タッチパネル34は、指紋検出部34aを備えている。指紋検出部34aは、タッチパネル34に人間の指が接触した場合にその接触した部分の指紋を検出する。指紋検出部34aにより検出された指紋のデータ(指紋データ)は制御部31に入力される。なお、指紋を検出する方法は他の方法であってもよい。また、図示は省略したが、スマートフォン3は、タッチパネル34の他にも、入力デバイスとして、ユーザにより押し操作されるスイッチを少なくとも1つ備えている。 The display unit 33 is a display device (for example, a liquid crystal display) that can display various images and information. The touch panel 34 is a well-known input device capable of performing an input operation by touching with an indicator such as a fingertip or a dedicated pen. The touch panel 34 is disposed so as to overlap almost the entire image display area in the display unit 33. Furthermore, the touch panel 34 includes a fingerprint detection unit 34a. When a human finger touches the touch panel 34, the fingerprint detection unit 34a detects the fingerprint of the touched portion. Fingerprint data (fingerprint data) detected by the fingerprint detection unit 34 a is input to the control unit 31. The method for detecting the fingerprint may be another method. Moreover, although illustration was abbreviate | omitted, the smart phone 3 is equipped with at least 1 switch operated by the user as an input device other than the touch panel 34.
 第1通信部35は、第1通信の電波を送受信するための無線通信インタフェースである。BT通信部36は、BT通信を実現するための無線通信インタフェースである。GPS受信部37は、複数のGPS(Global Positioning System )衛星からの電波を受信してそれら受信電波に含まれる情報を制御部31へ出力する。制御部31は、GPS受信部37で受信された情報をもとにスマートフォン3の現在位置(例えば緯度、経度)を検出することができる。 The first communication unit 35 is a wireless communication interface for transmitting and receiving the first communication radio wave. The BT communication unit 36 is a wireless communication interface for realizing BT communication. The GPS receiver 37 receives radio waves from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) satellites and outputs information included in the received radio waves to the control unit 31. The control unit 31 can detect the current position (for example, latitude and longitude) of the smartphone 3 based on the information received by the GPS receiving unit 37.
 USBI/F38は、USB(Universal Serial Bus)規格のシリアル通信を行うためのインタフェースである。USBレセプタクル39は、USBプラグを挿入可能である。なお、USBに代えて他の規格のデータ通信インタフェースを備えていてもよいし、USBに加えて他の規格のデータ通信インタフェースを備えていてもよい。 USB I / F 38 is an interface for performing serial communication of USB (Universal Serial Bus) standard. The USB receptacle 39 can be inserted with a USB plug. Note that a data communication interface of another standard may be provided instead of the USB, and a data communication interface of another standard may be provided in addition to the USB.
 バッテリ40は、繰り返し充電可能な二次電池である。ただし、バッテリ40は、2次電池以外の他の蓄電手段(例えば一次電池、燃料電池など)であってもよい。後述する電子キー2のバッテリ59(図4参照)についても同様である。レギュレータ41は、バッテリ40の電圧を所定電圧値の定電圧に変換して制御部31やその他の回路等へ供給するための電源回路である。 The battery 40 is a rechargeable secondary battery. However, the battery 40 may be other power storage means (for example, a primary battery, a fuel cell, etc.) other than the secondary battery. The same applies to the battery 59 (see FIG. 4) of the electronic key 2 described later. The regulator 41 is a power supply circuit for converting the voltage of the battery 40 into a constant voltage having a predetermined voltage value and supplying the converted voltage to the control unit 31 and other circuits.
 非接触受給電部42は、非接触給電方式にて外部へ電力を供給したり、外部から電力を受電したりすることができる。外部へ電力を供給する場合、非接触受給電部42は、バッテリ40の直流電力を例えば電磁誘導方式によって外部へ放出する。外部から電力を受電する場合、非接触受給電部42は、外部から受電した電力を直流に変換してバッテリ40及びレギュレータ41の少なくとも一方に出力する。非接触受給電部42の動作は制御部31により制御される。 The non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 can supply power to the outside by a non-contact power feeding method, and can receive power from the outside. When supplying electric power to the outside, the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 releases the DC power of the battery 40 to the outside by, for example, an electromagnetic induction method. When receiving electric power from the outside, the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 converts the electric power received from the outside into direct current and outputs it to at least one of the battery 40 and the regulator 41. The operation of the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 is controlled by the control unit 31.
 カメラ43は、静止画及び動画を撮影可能な撮像デバイスである。画像処理部44は、カメラ43にて撮影された静止画や動画を処理(例えば静止画や動画のデータを生成)してその処理結果を制御部31へ入力する。制御部31は、画像処理部44から入力されるデータに基づいて、カメラ43で撮影された静止画や動画の内容を認識できる。 The camera 43 is an imaging device that can capture still images and moving images. The image processing unit 44 processes a still image or a moving image captured by the camera 43 (for example, generates still image or moving image data) and inputs the processing result to the control unit 31. The control unit 31 can recognize the contents of still images and moving images taken by the camera 43 based on data input from the image processing unit 44.
 マイク45は、外部の音声を電気信号に変換する。音声処理部46は、マイク45にて集音されて電気信号に変換された音声信号をデジタルの音声データに処理して制御部31へ出力する。制御部31は、音声処理部46から入力される音声データに基づいて、マイク45で集音された音声の内容を認識できる。 The microphone 45 converts external sound into an electrical signal. The audio processing unit 46 processes the audio signal collected by the microphone 45 and converted into an electric signal into digital audio data and outputs the digital audio data to the control unit 31. The control unit 31 can recognize the content of the sound collected by the microphone 45 based on the sound data input from the sound processing unit 46.
 タグリーダライタ47は、スマートフォン3の外部のRFタグと非接触データ通信を行うための通信モジュールである。スマートフォン3を外部のRFタグにかざすことで、タグリーダライタ47がRFタグとデータ通信可能な状態となり、RFタグからデータを読み出したりRFタグへデータを書き込んだりすることができる。 The tag reader / writer 47 is a communication module for performing non-contact data communication with an RF tag external to the smartphone 3. By holding the smartphone 3 over an external RF tag, the tag reader / writer 47 can communicate with the RF tag and can read data from the RF tag or write data to the RF tag.
 本実施形態では、後述するように、電子キー2にRFタグ63が内蔵されている。そのため、スマートフォン3を電子キー2にかざすことで、スマートフォン3のタグリーダライタ47は、電子キー2のRFタグ63とデータ通信を行うことができる。 In this embodiment, as will be described later, an RF tag 63 is built in the electronic key 2. Therefore, by holding the smartphone 3 over the electronic key 2, the tag reader / writer 47 of the smartphone 3 can perform data communication with the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2.
 メモリ32に記憶されている車両操作アプリ32aは、スマートフォン3から電子キー2を中継して車両1を制御するためのアプリケーションソフトである。車両操作アプリ32aは、例えば車両1のメーカー又はディーラーから媒体又は電気通信回線を介して提供を受け、スマートフォン3にインストールすることができる。 The vehicle operation application 32 a stored in the memory 32 is application software for controlling the vehicle 1 by relaying the electronic key 2 from the smartphone 3. The vehicle operation application 32a can be provided on the smartphone 3 by receiving a provision from a manufacturer or dealer of the vehicle 1 via a medium or an electric communication line, for example.
 メモリ32に記憶されている車両操作メニューデータ32bは、車両操作アプリ32aの実行時に使用されるデータベースであり、車両操作アプリ32aと共に提供され、車両操作アプリ32aのインストール時にメモリ32に記憶される。但し、車両操作アプリ32aとは別にインストール或いは更新することも可能である。車両操作メニューデータ32bには、図3に示す操作メニュー画面48を表示部33に表示させるための各種データが含まれる。 The vehicle operation menu data 32b stored in the memory 32 is a database used when the vehicle operation application 32a is executed, is provided together with the vehicle operation application 32a, and is stored in the memory 32 when the vehicle operation application 32a is installed. However, it is also possible to install or update separately from the vehicle operation application 32a. The vehicle operation menu data 32b includes various data for displaying the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG.
 図3に示す操作メニュー画面48は、スマートフォン3から車両1を操作可能な操作内容の項目のアイコンがリストアップされた画面である。操作メニュー画面48に表示されるアイコンには、ヘッドライト20を一定時間点滅させる操作項目を示す「ライト点滅」アイコン、ウィンカー21を一定時間点滅させる操作項目を示す「ウィンカー点滅」アイコン、エアコンをオン(起動)させる操作項目を示す「エアコンオン」アイコン、エアコンをオフ(停止)させる操作項目を示す「エアコンオフ」アイコン、エンジンを始動させる操作項目を示す「エンジン始動」アイコン、エンジンを停止させる操作項目を示す「エンジン停止」アイコン、ドアミラー18を閉じる操作項目を示す「ドアミラー閉」アイコン、ドアミラー18を開く操作項目を示す「ドアミラー開」アイコン、ステアリングを左方向に一定角度回転させる(つまり操舵輪を左方向に一定量操舵させる)操作項目を示す「ステア左」アイコン、ステアリングを右方向に一定角度回転させる(つまり操舵輪を右方向に一定量操舵させる)操作項目を示す「ステア右」アイコン、ステアリングを中立状態に戻す操作項目を示す「ステア中立」アイコン、車両を微小速度(例えば時速3km)で微小距離(例えば30cm)前方へ走行させる操作項目を示す「微速前進」アイコン、車両を微小速度(例えば時速2km)で微小距離(例えば20cm)後方へ走行させる操作項目を示す「微速後進」アイコン、車両の累積走行距離を取得する操作項目を示す「走行距離」アイコン、電子キー2の機能を制御する操作項目を示す「電子キー制御」アイコン、車両の各ドア15のロックを開閉する操作項目を示す「ドアロック開閉」アイコン、車両のメンテナンス情報(例えばオイル残量やバッテリ残量など)を取得する操作項目を示す「メンテ情報」アイコン、車両のダイアグ情報を取得する操作項目を示す「ダイアグ情報」アイコン、車両の車室内温度を取得する操作項目を示す「車内温度」アイコン、車室内画像情報を取得する操作項目を示す「車室内画像情報」アイコンなどの、各種の操作項目に対応したアイコンがある。 The operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG. 3 is a screen in which icons of items of operation contents that can operate the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3 are listed. The icons displayed on the operation menu screen 48 include a “light blinking” icon indicating an operation item for blinking the headlight 20 for a certain period of time, a “blinker blinking” icon indicating an operation item for blinking the blinker 21 for a certain period of time, and an air conditioner on. An “air conditioner on” icon indicating an operation item to be started (start), an “air conditioner off” icon indicating an operation item to turn off (stop) the air conditioner, an “engine start” icon indicating an operation item to start the engine, and an operation to stop the engine “Engine stop” icon indicating an item, “Door mirror close” icon indicating an operation item for closing the door mirror 18, “Door mirror open” icon indicating an operation item for opening the door mirror 18, and turning the steering wheel to the left by a certain angle (that is, the steering wheel) To steer a certain amount to the left) “Steer left” icon, “Steer right” icon indicating an operation item for rotating the steering wheel to the right by a certain angle (that is, steering the steering wheel by a certain amount to the right), and “Operation item for returning the steering wheel to the neutral state” “Stair Neutral” icon, “Slow Forward” icon indicating an operation item that causes the vehicle to travel forward at a minute speed (eg, 3 km / h) at a minute distance (eg, 30 cm), and a vehicle at a minute speed (eg, 2 km / h) at a minute distance (eg, 20 cm) ) “Slow speed reverse” icon indicating an operation item to travel backward, “travel distance” icon indicating an operation item for acquiring the cumulative travel distance of the vehicle, and “electronic key control” indicating an operation item for controlling the function of the electronic key 2 Icon, “door lock open / close” icon indicating operation items for opening / closing the lock of each door 15 of the vehicle, vehicle maintenance information For example, a “maintenance information” icon indicating an operation item for acquiring a remaining amount of oil, a remaining battery amount, a “diag information” icon indicating an operation item for acquiring vehicle diagnosis information, and an operation item for acquiring a vehicle interior temperature. There are icons corresponding to various operation items, such as an “in-vehicle temperature” icon indicating “inside” and an “in-vehicle interior image information” icon indicating an operation item for acquiring vehicle interior image information.
 なお、表示部33に同時に表示させることが可能なアイコンの数は限られている。表示部33に表示されていないアイコンは、タッチパネル34に対して上下方向のスワイプ操作やフリック操作を行って表示内容を上下方向にスクロールさせることで、表示させることができる。 Note that the number of icons that can be simultaneously displayed on the display unit 33 is limited. Icons that are not displayed on the display unit 33 can be displayed by performing a swipe operation or a flick operation in the vertical direction on the touch panel 34 to scroll the display content in the vertical direction.
 操作メニュー画面48において、ユーザが例えばドアミラー閉のアイコンを選択(例えばタップ操作)すると、後述するように、その選択情報が電子キー2を介して車両1に伝達されて、車両1のドアミラー18が自動で閉動作する。 When the user selects, for example, a door mirror closing icon on the operation menu screen 48 (for example, a tap operation), the selection information is transmitted to the vehicle 1 via the electronic key 2 as described later, and the door mirror 18 of the vehicle 1 is moved. It closes automatically.
 また例えば、ユーザが「ドアロック開閉」アイコンを選択すると、図3に例示するように、どのドアのロックが操作対象なのか、またその操作対象のドアのロックを開くのかそれとも閉じるのかをユーザに選択させるための複数のアイコンが表示される。ユーザは、その複数のアイコンの中から所望の操作内容に応じたアイコンを選択すると、その選択情報が電子キー2を介して車両1に伝達されて、選択した操作内容に従ってドアロックが開閉される。よって、ユーザは、例えば、全てのドア15のロックを開閉したり、特定のドア15のロックのみ選択的に開閉したりすることができる。 Further, for example, when the user selects the “door lock open / close” icon, as illustrated in FIG. 3, the user can determine which door lock is the operation target, and whether the lock of the operation target door is opened or closed. A plurality of icons for selection are displayed. When the user selects an icon corresponding to the desired operation content from among the plurality of icons, the selection information is transmitted to the vehicle 1 via the electronic key 2, and the door lock is opened and closed according to the selected operation content. . Therefore, for example, the user can open and close the locks of all the doors 15 or selectively open and close only the locks of the specific doors 15.
 また例えば、ユーザが「電子キー制御」アイコンを選択すると、その選択情報(具体的には後述する電子キー制御指令)が電子キー2へ送信される。電子キー2は、スマートフォン3から電子キー制御指令を受信すると、その電子キー制御指令に対応した指令対応処理(後述する図10のS124)を実行する。 Also, for example, when the user selects the “electronic key control” icon, the selection information (specifically, an electronic key control command to be described later) is transmitted to the electronic key 2. When the electronic key 2 receives the electronic key control command from the smartphone 3, the electronic key 2 executes a command response process (S124 in FIG. 10 described later) corresponding to the electronic key control command.
 また例えば、ユーザが「車室内画像情報」アイコンを選択すると、その選択情報が電子キー2を介して車両1に伝達される。即ち、車室内画像の取得要求を示す操作コマンドが車両1へ送信される。車両1は、その操作コマンドを受信すると、車室内カメラ24を動作させ、車室内の静止画像又は動画像を取得する。そして、その取得した静止画像又は動画像を例えば第1通信にてスマートフォン3へ送信する。スマートフォン3は、車両1から車室内カメラ24の撮影データを受信すると、その撮影データを表示部33に表示させる。 Also, for example, when the user selects the “vehicle interior image information” icon, the selection information is transmitted to the vehicle 1 via the electronic key 2. In other words, an operation command indicating a vehicle interior image acquisition request is transmitted to the vehicle 1. When the vehicle 1 receives the operation command, the vehicle interior camera 24 is operated to acquire a still image or a moving image in the vehicle interior. And the acquired still image or moving image is transmitted to the smart phone 3 by 1st communication, for example. When the smartphone 3 receives the shooting data of the in-vehicle camera 24 from the vehicle 1, the smartphone 3 displays the shooting data on the display unit 33.
 このように、本実施形態では、ユーザは、スマートフォン3にインストールされている車両操作アプリ32aを用いて、車両1に対し、車両操作メニューデータ32bとして設定されている複数の操作項目を選択的に実行させることができる。 Thus, in this embodiment, the user selectively selects a plurality of operation items set as the vehicle operation menu data 32b for the vehicle 1 using the vehicle operation application 32a installed in the smartphone 3. Can be executed.
 車両操作アプリ32aを用いてスマートフォン3から車両1を制御する際の、操作項目の指定は、図3に示した操作メニュー画面48に対する選択操作の他に、本実施形態では、音声又はジェスチャーによっても可能である。メモリ32には、各操作項目に対応した音声データが音声パターン32cとして記憶されている。そのため、ユーザがマイク45に向かって特定の操作項目を示す言葉(音声パターン32cとして記憶されている音声の何れか)を発すると、制御部31は、その操作項目の実行要求がなされたものと判断して、その操作項目を実行させるために必要な処理を実行する。例えば、ユーザが「ドアミラーを閉じて」と喋ると、制御部31は、ドアミラー18を閉じる操作が要求されたことを認識して、ドアミラー18を閉動作させる。つまりこの例では、図3に示した操作メニュー画面48においてドアミラー閉のアイコンをタップ操作した場合と同等の結果を得ることができる。 When the vehicle 1 is controlled from the smartphone 3 using the vehicle operation application 32a, the operation item is designated by a voice or gesture in the present embodiment in addition to the selection operation on the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG. Is possible. The memory 32 stores sound data corresponding to each operation item as a sound pattern 32c. Therefore, when the user utters a word indicating a specific operation item (any one of the voices stored as the voice pattern 32c) toward the microphone 45, the control unit 31 is requested to execute the operation item. Judgment is performed and processing necessary to execute the operation item is executed. For example, when the user says “Close the door mirror”, the control unit 31 recognizes that an operation for closing the door mirror 18 is requested, and causes the door mirror 18 to close. In other words, in this example, the same result as that obtained by tapping the door mirror closing icon on the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG. 3 can be obtained.
 また、メモリ32には、各操作項目に対応したジェスチャーがジェスチャーパターン32dとして記憶されている。そのため、ユーザがカメラ43に向かって特定の操作項目を示すジェスチャー(ジェスチャーパターン32dとして記憶されているジェスチャーの何れか)をすると、制御部31は、その操作項目の実行要求がなされたものと判断して、その操作項目を実行させるために必要な処理を実行する。 In the memory 32, gestures corresponding to the respective operation items are stored as gesture patterns 32d. Therefore, when the user makes a gesture indicating a specific operation item toward the camera 43 (any of the gestures stored as the gesture pattern 32d), the control unit 31 determines that an execution request for the operation item has been made. Then, a process necessary for executing the operation item is executed.
 メモリ32に記憶されているID情報32eには、スマートフォン3固有の端末IDが含まれる。また、ID情報32eには、スマートフォン3から車両1を遠隔操作するために必要な、車両1に固有のユーザIDが含まれる。このユーザIDは、電子キー2及び車両1にも記憶されている。車両1及び電子キー2へのユーザIDの記憶は、例えば車両1の出荷時に車両メーカー或いはディーラーによって行われる。スマートフォン3へのユーザIDの記憶は、例えば車両1のメーカー又はディーラーから所定の手続を経て通知され、それをユーザがスマートフォン3に入力することにより行われる。なお、スマートフォン3へのユーザIDの記憶は、他の種々の方法、タイミングで実現できるようにしてもよい。例えば、ユーザが電子キー2とスマートフォン3を車両1のディーラーに持参してディーラーにて記憶してもらうこともできる。 The ID information 32e stored in the memory 32 includes a terminal ID unique to the smartphone 3. Further, the ID information 32 e includes a user ID unique to the vehicle 1 that is necessary for remotely operating the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3. This user ID is also stored in the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1. The storage of the user ID in the vehicle 1 and the electronic key 2 is performed by a vehicle manufacturer or a dealer when the vehicle 1 is shipped, for example. The storage of the user ID in the smartphone 3 is performed, for example, by a notification from a manufacturer or a dealer of the vehicle 1 through a predetermined procedure, and the user inputs it to the smartphone 3. In addition, you may enable it to implement | achieve the memory | storage of user ID to the smart phone 3 with another various method and timing. For example, the user can bring the electronic key 2 and the smartphone 3 to the dealer of the vehicle 1 and have the dealer store them.
 メモリ32に記憶されている認証情報32fには、スマートフォン3のユーザが正規のユーザであるかどうかを認証するための認証用データが少なくとも1つ含まれる。具体的に、認証情報32fには、上記認証用データとして、正規ユーザの指紋データ(登録指紋データ)、正規ユーザの顔画像データ(登録顔データ)、及び正規ユーザの音声データ(登録音声データ)、のうち少なくとも1つが含まれる。これら各登録データは、ユーザが任意に登録(記憶)させることができる。 The authentication information 32f stored in the memory 32 includes at least one authentication data for authenticating whether or not the user of the smartphone 3 is an authorized user. Specifically, the authentication information 32f includes, as the authentication data, a regular user's fingerprint data (registered fingerprint data), a regular user's face image data (registered face data), and a regular user's voice data (registered voice data). , At least one of them is included. Each of these registration data can be arbitrarily registered (stored) by the user.
 (3)電子キー2の説明
 電子キー2の具体的構成について、図4を用いて説明する。電子キー2は、ユーザが容易に携帯可能な軽量小型の携帯型通信端末である。電子キー2は、無線通信機能として、スマートフォン3と同様、第1通信及びBT通信を備えている。また、電子キー2は、無線通信機能として、第2通信方式による無線通信(以下「第2通信」と略す)を備えている。第2通信は、第1通信と同様、遠距離間での無線通信も可能な通信方式である。第2通信は、例えば無線LANであってもよいし、その他の無線通信方式であってもよい。さらに、電子キー2は、従来の電子キーと同様、車両1からリクエスト信号を受信するとそれに対して応答信号及びユーザIDを返信する無線通信機能(以下「スマート通信」という)も備えている。
(3) Description of Electronic Key 2 A specific configuration of the electronic key 2 will be described with reference to FIG. The electronic key 2 is a lightweight and small portable communication terminal that can be easily carried by a user. The electronic key 2 includes first communication and BT communication as a wireless communication function, like the smartphone 3. In addition, the electronic key 2 includes wireless communication (hereinafter abbreviated as “second communication”) using the second communication method as a wireless communication function. Similar to the first communication, the second communication is a communication method capable of wireless communication over a long distance. The second communication may be, for example, a wireless LAN or another wireless communication method. Further, like the conventional electronic key, the electronic key 2 also has a wireless communication function (hereinafter referred to as “smart communication”) that returns a response signal and a user ID in response to receiving a request signal from the vehicle 1.
 電子キー2は、図4に示すように、制御部51と、メモリ52と、送信部53と、受信部54と、第1通信部55と、BT通信部56と、第2通信部57と、操作入力部58と、バッテリ59と、レギュレータ60と、非接触受給電部61と、電源入力ジャック62とを備える。 As shown in FIG. 4, the electronic key 2 includes a control unit 51, a memory 52, a transmission unit 53, a reception unit 54, a first communication unit 55, a BT communication unit 56, and a second communication unit 57. , An operation input unit 58, a battery 59, a regulator 60, a non-contact power supply / reception unit 61, and a power input jack 62.
 制御部51は、図示しないCPU、ROM、RAM、I/Oなどを備えたマイクロコンピュータを含む。制御部51は、当該制御部51に接続されている各部を含む、電子キー2内の各種回路、機能ブロックを制御する。 The control unit 51 includes a microcomputer provided with a CPU, ROM, RAM, I / O, etc. (not shown). The control unit 51 controls various circuits and functional blocks in the electronic key 2 including each unit connected to the control unit 51.
 メモリ52は、記憶内容を電気的に書き換え可能な不揮発性メモリであり、本実施形態ではフラッシュメモリである。メモリ52には、各種のプログラムやデータが記憶されている。メモリ52に記憶されているデータには、ID情報52a、及びBTペアリング情報52bが含まれる。 The memory 52 is a nonvolatile memory capable of electrically rewriting stored contents, and is a flash memory in this embodiment. The memory 52 stores various programs and data. The data stored in the memory 52 includes ID information 52a and BT pairing information 52b.
 ID情報52aには、車両1に固有のユーザIDが含まれる。このユーザIDはスマートフォン3のメモリ32にID情報32eの1つとして記憶されているユーザIDと同じであり、既述の通り車両1にも記憶されている。BTペアリング情報52bには、電子キー2と他の通信機器との間でBT通信のペアリングを行った場合に生成される固有情報(例えばリンクキー)など、両者間をBT通信で接続するために必要な情報が含まれる。また、ペアリングが行われて固有情報が生成される場合、ペアリング相手の他の通信機器毎(つまりBT通信が可能な他のユーザ毎)に、生成した固有情報とペアリング相手のユーザ情報が対応付けて記憶される。従って、電子キー2は、他の通信機器とBT通信を開始する際に、通信相手の固有情報に基づく認証を行うことで、通信相手のユーザを特定することができる。 The ID information 52 a includes a user ID unique to the vehicle 1. This user ID is the same as the user ID stored as one of the ID information 32e in the memory 32 of the smartphone 3, and is also stored in the vehicle 1 as described above. In the BT pairing information 52b, the BT communication between the electronic key 2 and other communication devices, such as unique information (for example, link key) generated when BT communication is paired, is connected. The information necessary for this is included. In addition, when pairing is performed and unique information is generated, the generated unique information and pairing partner user information are provided for each other communication device of the pairing partner (that is, for each other user capable of BT communication). Are stored in association with each other. Therefore, when starting the BT communication with another communication device, the electronic key 2 can identify the user of the communication partner by performing authentication based on the unique information of the communication partner.
 受信部54は、車両1から所定周波数帯の電波にて送信されるリクエスト信号を受信、復調して制御部51へ出力する。制御部51は、受信部54からリクエスト信号が入力されると、応答用のデータを生成して送信部53へ出力する。応答用のデータには、所定の応答信号と、ID情報52aとしてメモリ52に記憶されているユーザIDとが含まれる。送信部53は、制御部51から入力された応答用のデータを所定周波数帯の電波に変調して車両1へ送信する。 The receiving unit 54 receives and demodulates a request signal transmitted from the vehicle 1 by radio waves in a predetermined frequency band, and outputs the request signal to the control unit 51. When the request signal is input from the reception unit 54, the control unit 51 generates response data and outputs the response data to the transmission unit 53. The response data includes a predetermined response signal and a user ID stored in the memory 52 as the ID information 52a. The transmission unit 53 modulates the response data input from the control unit 51 into radio waves in a predetermined frequency band and transmits the modulated data to the vehicle 1.
 図1Bに例示したように、本実施形態では、リクエスト信号を受信可能な各検知エリア400,500が設定されている。そのため、電子キー2は、各検知エリア400,500の何れにも入っていない場合は、リクエスト信号が受信されない。一方、電子キー2が各検知エリア400,500の何れかに入ると、電子キー2にて車両1からのリクエスト信号が受信可能となる。車両1からのリクエスト信号は、後述するように、一定周期で繰り返し送信される。そのため、電子キー2が各検知エリア400,500の何れかに入っている間は、電子キー2にて周期的にリクエスト信号が受信される。電子キー2は、リクエスト信号を受信する度に、そのリクエスト信号に対する応答信号を送信する。 As illustrated in FIG. 1B, in this embodiment, each detection area 400, 500 that can receive a request signal is set. Therefore, when the electronic key 2 is not in any of the detection areas 400 and 500, the request signal is not received. On the other hand, when the electronic key 2 enters one of the detection areas 400 and 500, the request signal from the vehicle 1 can be received by the electronic key 2. The request signal from the vehicle 1 is repeatedly transmitted at a constant cycle as will be described later. Therefore, while the electronic key 2 is in any one of the detection areas 400 and 500, the request signal is periodically received by the electronic key 2. Each time the electronic key 2 receives a request signal, the electronic key 2 transmits a response signal to the request signal.
 第1通信部55は、第1通信の電波を送受信するための無線通信インタフェースである。BT通信部56は、BT通信を実現するための無線通信インタフェースである。第2通信部57は、第2通信の電波を送受信するための無線通信インタフェースである。操作入力部58は、ユーザによる入力操作を受け付け可能な入力デバイスである。操作入力部58の具体的構成としては、例えば押しボタン式のスイッチが挙げられる。操作入力部58としてタッチパネルを備えていてもよい。 The first communication unit 55 is a wireless communication interface for transmitting and receiving radio waves of the first communication. The BT communication unit 56 is a wireless communication interface for realizing BT communication. The second communication unit 57 is a wireless communication interface for transmitting and receiving radio waves for the second communication. The operation input unit 58 is an input device that can accept an input operation by a user. A specific configuration of the operation input unit 58 includes, for example, a push button type switch. A touch panel may be provided as the operation input unit 58.
 バッテリ59は、本実施形態では、繰り返し充電可能な二次電池である。レギュレータ60は、バッテリ59の電圧を所定電圧値の定電圧に変換して制御部51やその他の回路等へ供給するための電源回路である。非接触受給電部61は、スマートフォン3の非接触受給電部42と同様の構成であり、非接触給電方式にて外部へ電力を供給したり外部から電力を受電したりすることが可能なモジュールである。非接触受給電部61の動作は制御部51により制御される。電源入力ジャック62は、外部の充電アダプタのプラグが挿抜されるジャックである。電源入力ジャック62を介して、外部から直流電力を入力してバッテリ59を充電したり、逆にバッテリ59の直流電力を外部に供給することができる。 In this embodiment, the battery 59 is a rechargeable secondary battery. The regulator 60 is a power supply circuit for converting the voltage of the battery 59 into a constant voltage having a predetermined voltage value and supplying the same to the control unit 51 and other circuits. The non-contact power supply / reception unit 61 has the same configuration as the non-contact power supply / reception unit 42 of the smartphone 3 and can supply power to the outside or receive power from the outside by a non-contact power supply method. It is. The operation of the non-contact power supply / reception unit 61 is controlled by the control unit 51. The power input jack 62 is a jack into which a plug of an external charging adapter is inserted and removed. The battery 59 can be charged by inputting DC power from the outside via the power input jack 62, and conversely, the DC power of the battery 59 can be supplied to the outside.
 そのため、電子キー2のバッテリ59の残量が少なくなって電子キー2が正常に動作できなくなった場合、電源入力ジャック62から直流電力を取り込むか、又は非接触受給電部61によって外部から電力を受電することで、電子キー2を正常に動作させると共にバッテリ59を充電することが可能である。 Therefore, when the remaining amount of the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 is low and the electronic key 2 cannot operate normally, DC power is taken from the power input jack 62 or power is supplied from the outside by the non-contact power supply / reception unit 61. By receiving power, the electronic key 2 can be operated normally and the battery 59 can be charged.
 スマートフォン3を用いて電子キー2のバッテリ59を充電させたい場合は、例えば図5に示すように、充電ケーブル70を用いることで充電可能である。充電ケーブル70は、USBプラグ71と、USB側ケーブル72と、給電アダプタ73と、ピン側ケーブル74と、給電プラグ75とを備える。USBプラグ71をスマートフォン3のUSBレセプタクル39に接続し、給電プラグ75を電子キー2の電源入力ジャック62に挿入すると、スマートフォン3のバッテリ40の直流電力が給電アダプタ73を介して電子キー2に供給される。 When it is desired to charge the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 using the smartphone 3, it can be charged by using a charging cable 70 as shown in FIG. The charging cable 70 includes a USB plug 71, a USB side cable 72, a power supply adapter 73, a pin side cable 74, and a power supply plug 75. When the USB plug 71 is connected to the USB receptacle 39 of the smartphone 3 and the power supply plug 75 is inserted into the power input jack 62 of the electronic key 2, the DC power of the battery 40 of the smartphone 3 is supplied to the electronic key 2 via the power supply adapter 73. Is done.
 また、スマートフォン3及び電子キー2の双方とも、非接触受給電部を備えている。そのため、双方の非接触受給電部42,61を所定距離内で対向させると、一方から他方への電力供給が可能となる。 In addition, both the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 are provided with a non-contact power supply / reception unit. Therefore, when both the non-contact power supply / reception units 42 and 61 are opposed to each other within a predetermined distance, it is possible to supply power from one to the other.
 そのため、電子キー2のバッテリ59が容量不足となっても、スマートフォン3等の他の機器から、非接触で、又はケーブルを用いて、電力を受電し、バッテリ59を充電させたり、レギュレータ60を動作させて当該電子キー2内の各部を正常に動作させたりすることができる。 For this reason, even if the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 becomes insufficient in capacity, it receives power from other devices such as the smartphone 3 in a non-contact manner or by using a cable to charge the battery 59 or the regulator 60. By operating, each part in the electronic key 2 can be operated normally.
 また、電子キー2には、RFタグ63が内蔵されている。RFタグ63には、ユーザIDが記憶されている。RFタグ63は、スマートフォン3がかざされてスマートフォン3のタグリーダライタ47とデータ通信を開始すると、スマートフォン3からユーザIDを取得する。そして、自身のユーザIDと比較し、一致した場合は、自身のユーザID、及びアプリ起動要求をスマートフォン3へ送信する。 The RF key 63 is built in the electronic key 2. The RF tag 63 stores a user ID. When the smartphone 3 is held over and the RF tag 63 starts data communication with the tag reader / writer 47 of the smartphone 3, the RF tag 63 acquires a user ID from the smartphone 3. And if it compares with own user ID and it corresponds, own user ID and an application starting request | requirement will be transmitted to the smart phone 3.
 (4)車両1の説明
 車両1の具体的構成について、図6を用いて説明する。本実施形態の車両1は、エンジン(内燃機関)を走行用駆動源として有する車両である。車両1は、図6に示すように、制御部10を備える。制御部10は、図示しないCPU、ROM、RAM、I/Oなどを備えたマイクロコンピュータを含む。制御部10は、当該制御部10に接続されている各部を含む、車両1内の各種回路、機能ブロックを制御する。
(4) Description of Vehicle 1 A specific configuration of the vehicle 1 will be described with reference to FIG. The vehicle 1 of this embodiment is a vehicle having an engine (internal combustion engine) as a driving source for traveling. As shown in FIG. 6, the vehicle 1 includes a control unit 10. The control unit 10 includes a microcomputer provided with a CPU, ROM, RAM, I / O, etc. (not shown). The control unit 10 controls various circuits and functional blocks in the vehicle 1 including each unit connected to the control unit 10.
 制御部10により制御される各種回路や機能ブロックとして、本実施形態では、エンジン部11と、ブレーキ部12と、ステアリング部13と、エアコン14と、ドア15と、ラゲージドア16と、ウィンドウ17と、ドアミラー18と、ワイパー19と、ヘッドライト20と、ウィンカー21と、車室内カメラ24と、表示部26と、USBI/F27とを少なくとも有する。なお、ドア15、ウィンドウ17、ドアミラー18、ワイパー19、ヘッドライト20、及びウィンカー21は、実際には、図1Bに示した通り、複数設けられている。 As various circuits and functional blocks controlled by the control unit 10, in this embodiment, the engine unit 11, the brake unit 12, the steering unit 13, the air conditioner 14, the door 15, the luggage door 16, the window 17, The vehicle includes at least a door mirror 18, a wiper 19, a headlight 20, a blinker 21, a vehicle interior camera 24, a display unit 26, and a USB I / F 27. In practice, a plurality of doors 15, windows 17, door mirrors 18, wipers 19, headlights 20, and blinkers 21 are provided as shown in FIG. 1B.
 エンジン部11は、エンジン、及びそのエンジンを制御するエンジン制御ユニットを備える。制御部10は、エンジン部11内のエンジン制御ユニットを介して、エンジンの動作を制御することができる。ブレーキ部12は、車両1に設けられたブレーキ機構及びこれを制御するブレーキ制御ユニットを備える。ステアリング部13は、車両1の車輪を操舵する操舵機構及びこれを制御するステアリング制御ユニットを備える。本実施形態のステアリングシステムは、いわゆるステアバイワイヤ方式の電動ステアリングシステムである。つまり、ドライバーが操作するステアリングホイールと操舵軸とが機械的に直接接続されておらず、操舵軸は、ドライバーによるステアリングホイールの操作内容に従ってモータにより駆動される。そのため、制御部10は、ステアリング部13を制御することで、操舵輪を自在に動かすことができる。 The engine unit 11 includes an engine and an engine control unit that controls the engine. The control unit 10 can control the operation of the engine via an engine control unit in the engine unit 11. The brake unit 12 includes a brake mechanism provided in the vehicle 1 and a brake control unit that controls the brake mechanism. The steering unit 13 includes a steering mechanism that steers the wheels of the vehicle 1 and a steering control unit that controls the steering mechanism. The steering system of this embodiment is a so-called steer-by-wire type electric steering system. That is, the steering wheel operated by the driver and the steering shaft are not mechanically directly connected, and the steering shaft is driven by the motor according to the operation of the steering wheel by the driver. Therefore, the control unit 10 can freely move the steered wheels by controlling the steering unit 13.
 制御部10は、メモリ25に記憶されている各種プログラムやデータに基づいて、各種の機能を実行する。メモリ25は、記憶内容を電気的に書き換え可能な不揮発性メモリであり、本実施形態ではフラッシュメモリである。メモリ25に記憶されているデータには、ID情報25a及び機能制限情報25bが含まれる。 The control unit 10 executes various functions based on various programs and data stored in the memory 25. The memory 25 is a nonvolatile memory capable of electrically rewriting stored contents, and is a flash memory in the present embodiment. The data stored in the memory 25 includes ID information 25a and function restriction information 25b.
 ID情報25aには、車両1に固有のユーザIDが含まれる。このユーザIDはスマートフォン3のメモリ32及び電子キー2のメモリ52に記憶されているユーザIDと同じである。機能制限情報25bは、車両1,スマートフォン3、及び電子キー2の三者の位置関係に応じて、車両1の機能を制限するための情報である。電子キー2が車両1の車室内検知エリア500、車室外検知エリア400、又は検知エリア外の何れに位置しているか、またスマートフォン3がどこに存在しているか(例えば車両1の内部かそれとも外部か)、などに応じて、車両1の機能を制限するか否か、制限するならば具体的にどの機能をどのように制限するか、などの情報が、機能制限情報25bとして記憶されている。この機能制限情報25bは、車両1の出荷時に予めデフォルトでいくつか記憶されているが、車両1のユーザがカスタマイズすることもできる。 The ID information 25 a includes a user ID unique to the vehicle 1. This user ID is the same as the user ID stored in the memory 32 of the smartphone 3 and the memory 52 of the electronic key 2. The function restriction information 25b is information for restricting the function of the vehicle 1 according to the positional relationship between the three of the vehicle 1, the smartphone 3, and the electronic key 2. Whether the electronic key 2 is located outside the vehicle interior detection area 500, the vehicle exterior detection area 400, or outside the detection area, and where the smartphone 3 exists (for example, whether it is inside or outside the vehicle 1) ), Etc., information such as whether or not to restrict the function of the vehicle 1 and which function is specifically restricted if restricted is stored as the function restriction information 25b. Some of the function restriction information 25b is stored by default at the time of shipment of the vehicle 1, but can be customized by the user of the vehicle 1.
 機能制限情報25bを適宜カスタマイズすることで、例えば、子供がスマートフォン3を持って車両1の室内にいるが親は電子キー2を持って車両1の外にいるような場合には特定の機能を制限させる、ということも可能となる。また例えば、電子キー2が車両1の検知エリア内に存在しているがスマートフォン3は車両1から遠距離の位置に存在している場合(つまりスマートフォン3と電子キー2が大きく離れている場合)には特定の機能を制限させる、ということも可能となる。 By appropriately customizing the function restriction information 25b, for example, when a child is inside the vehicle 1 with the smartphone 3 but a parent is outside the vehicle 1 with the electronic key 2, a specific function is provided. It can also be restricted. For example, when the electronic key 2 exists in the detection area of the vehicle 1 but the smartphone 3 exists at a position far from the vehicle 1 (that is, when the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 are greatly separated). It is also possible to restrict certain functions.
 車両1は、無線通信機能として、第1通信及び第2通信を備えている。第1通信部7は、第1通信の電波を送受信するための無線通信インタフェースであり、第2通信部8は、第2通信の電波を送受信するための無線通信インタフェースである。 The vehicle 1 includes a first communication and a second communication as a wireless communication function. The first communication unit 7 is a wireless communication interface for transmitting and receiving radio waves for the first communication, and the second communication unit 8 is a radio communication interface for transmitting and receiving radio waves for the second communication.
 GPS受信部9は、複数のGPS衛星からの電波を受信してそれら受信電波に含まれる情報を制御部10へ出力する。制御部10は、GPS受信部9で受信された情報をもとに車両1の現在位置(例えば緯度、経度)を検出することができる。 The GPS receiver 9 receives radio waves from a plurality of GPS satellites and outputs information included in the received radio waves to the controller 10. The controller 10 can detect the current position (for example, latitude and longitude) of the vehicle 1 based on the information received by the GPS receiver 9.
 さらに、車両1は、電子キー2に対するリクエスト信号を周期的に送信して、そのリクエスト信号に対する電子キー2からの応答信号及びユーザIDを受信する無線通信(スマート通信)の機能も備えている。このスマート通信を実現するために設けられているのが、車室外送信機4、車室内送信機5、及び受信機6である。 Furthermore, the vehicle 1 also has a wireless communication (smart communication) function of periodically transmitting a request signal for the electronic key 2 and receiving a response signal and a user ID from the electronic key 2 for the request signal. The vehicle exterior transmitter 4, the vehicle interior transmitter 5, and the receiver 6 are provided to realize this smart communication.
 車室外送信機4及び車室内送信機5は、制御部10からの指令に基づき、リクエスト信号を周期的に送信する。車室外送信機4及び車室内送信機5は、実際には、それぞれ複数設けられている。即ち、複数の車室内送信機5によって、図1Bに示した車室内検知エリア500(何れかの車室内送信機5からのリクエスト信号を受信可能なエリア)が形成される。また、複数の車室外送信機4によって、図1Bに示した車室外検知エリア400(何れかの車室外送信機4からのリクエスト信号を受信可能なエリア)とが形成される。 The vehicle interior transmitter 4 and the vehicle interior transmitter 5 periodically transmit request signals based on instructions from the control unit 10. In practice, a plurality of vehicle interior transmitters 4 and vehicle interior transmitters 5 are provided. That is, the plurality of vehicle interior transmitters 5 form the vehicle interior detection area 500 shown in FIG. 1B (an area in which a request signal from any vehicle interior transmitter 5 can be received). Further, the plurality of outside-vehicle transmitters 4 form an outside-vehicle detection area 400 (an area in which a request signal from any one of the outside-vehicle transmitters 4 can be received) shown in FIG. 1B.
 受信機6は、電子キー2から送信される各種信号を受信可能である。受信機6が電子キー2から受信する信号には、各送信機4,5から送信されたリクエスト信号に対する応答信号が含まれる。リクエスト信号には、そのリクエスト信号の送信元の送信機を示す識別情報が含まれ、電子キー2は、リクエスト信号を受信すると、それに対する応答信号を、そのリクエスト信号に含まれていた識別情報を付加して送信する。そのため、車両1の制御部10は、受信機6で応答信号が受信された場合、その応答信号に付加されている識別情報に基づいて、少なくとも、電子キー2が車両1の室内又は室外のどちらに存在しているのかを判別することができる。 The receiver 6 can receive various signals transmitted from the electronic key 2. The signal received by the receiver 6 from the electronic key 2 includes a response signal to the request signal transmitted from each of the transmitters 4 and 5. The request signal includes identification information indicating the transmitter of the transmission source of the request signal. When the electronic key 2 receives the request signal, the electronic key 2 returns a response signal to the request signal and the identification information included in the request signal. Add and send. Therefore, when the response signal is received by the receiver 6, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 determines whether the electronic key 2 is at least inside or outside the vehicle 1 based on the identification information added to the response signal. Can be determined.
 表示部26は、各種画像や情報を表示可能な表示デバイス(例えば液晶ディスプレイ)である。
 USBI/F27は、USB規格のシリアル通信を行うためのインタフェースである。USBプラグ23は、USBレセプタクルを接続可能である。
The display unit 26 is a display device (for example, a liquid crystal display) that can display various images and information.
The USB I / F 27 is an interface for performing USB standard serial communication. The USB plug 23 can be connected to a USB receptacle.
 スマートフォン3を車両1の固定部22(図1B参照)に装着すると、スマートフォン3は、車両1の後方をカメラ43で撮影可能な状態に固定される。つまり、カメラ43のレンズが車両後方を向いた状態で固定される。また、スマートフォン3を車両1の固定部22に装着すると、スマートフォン3のUSBレセプタクル39と車両1のUSBプラグ23(図6参照)とが接続され、スマートフォン3と車両1との間でUSBによるデータ通信が可能な状態となる。 When the smartphone 3 is mounted on the fixing portion 22 (see FIG. 1B) of the vehicle 1, the smartphone 3 is fixed in a state where the rear of the vehicle 1 can be photographed by the camera 43. That is, the lens of the camera 43 is fixed in a state where it faces the rear of the vehicle. When the smartphone 3 is attached to the fixed portion 22 of the vehicle 1, the USB receptacle 39 of the smartphone 3 and the USB plug 23 (see FIG. 6) of the vehicle 1 are connected, and USB data is transmitted between the smartphone 3 and the vehicle 1. Communication is possible.
 車両1の制御部10は、スマートフォン3とUSBによるデータ通信が可能な状態にされている間、スマートフォン3から各種情報を取得することができる。制御部10がスマートフォン3から取得可能な情報の1つに、スマートフォン3のカメラ43で撮影された静止画像又は動画像がある。 The control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 can acquire various types of information from the smartphone 3 while being in a state where data communication by USB with the smartphone 3 is possible. One of the information that can be acquired from the smartphone 3 by the control unit 10 is a still image or a moving image captured by the camera 43 of the smartphone 3.
 車両1の制御部10は、予め決められたタイミング(例えばギアがバックに設定されているとき)、或いはユーザ操作に応じて、スマートフォン3のカメラ43の撮影データをリアルタイムに取得して表示部26に表示させることができる。つまり、スマートフォン3を車両1の固定部22に固定することで、車両1のユーザは、必要に応じて、車両1の後方の画像を表示部26に表示させて、車両1の後方の状況を確認することができる。 The control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 acquires the shooting data of the camera 43 of the smartphone 3 in real time according to a predetermined timing (for example, when the gear is set to the back) or a user operation, and displays the display unit 26. Can be displayed. That is, by fixing the smartphone 3 to the fixing unit 22 of the vehicle 1, the user of the vehicle 1 displays an image of the rear of the vehicle 1 on the display unit 26 as necessary, and the situation of the rear of the vehicle 1 is displayed. Can be confirmed.
 なお、車両1の制御部10がスマートフォン3から撮影データを取得するための通信インタフェースは、USBに限定されない。USB以外の他の通信インタフェースを用いて撮影データを取得可能であってもよい。例えば、第1通信などの無線通信によってスマートフォン3から撮影データを取得可能であってもよい。 In addition, the communication interface for the control part 10 of the vehicle 1 to acquire imaging | photography data from the smart phone 3 is not limited to USB. Shooting data may be acquired using a communication interface other than USB. For example, photographing data may be acquired from the smartphone 3 by wireless communication such as first communication.
 本実施形態の車両1は、電子キー2とのスマート通信によって、従来の電子キーシステムと同等の機能を発揮することができる。つまり、電子キー2を持ったユーザが車両1の各検知エリア400,500に入ってくることで、ユーザがキーに触れることなく、各ドア15のロック・アンロックやエンジンの始動・停止を行うことができる。ただしこの場合、各ドア15のアンロックは、ユーザがドアハンドルのタッチセンサに触れることで実現される。また、各ドア15のロックは、ユーザがドアハンドルのドアロックスイッチを押すことで実現される。また、エンジンの始動・停止は、ユーザが運転席近傍に設けられたプッシュスイッチを押し操作することで実現される。 The vehicle 1 according to the present embodiment can exhibit functions equivalent to those of a conventional electronic key system through smart communication with the electronic key 2. That is, when the user having the electronic key 2 enters each detection area 400, 500 of the vehicle 1, the user locks / unlocks each door 15 and starts / stops the engine without touching the key. be able to. However, in this case, the unlocking of each door 15 is realized by the user touching the touch sensor of the door handle. Each door 15 is locked by the user pressing a door lock switch on the door handle. The engine is started / stopped by a user pressing and operating a push switch provided near the driver's seat.
 このような基本的な電子キーシステムの機能を備えているのに加え、本実施形態ではさらに、ユーザが車両1に直接触れることなく、スマートフォン3から電子キー2を中継して車両1を遠隔操作することが可能な、スマートフォン3による遠隔制御機能を備えている。 In addition to having such a basic electronic key system function, in this embodiment, the user can remotely operate the vehicle 1 by relaying the electronic key 2 from the smartphone 3 without directly touching the vehicle 1. The remote control function by the smart phone 3 is provided.
 以下、この遠隔制御機能を実現するためにスマートフォン3、電子キー2、及び車両1において実行される各種処理について、順次説明する。
 (5)スマートフォン3における車両操作アプリの説明
 まず、遠隔制御機能を実現するためにスマートフォン3にインストールされている車両操作アプリ32aの処理内容について、図7を用いて説明する。スマートフォン3の制御部31(詳しくは制御部31内のCPU)は、ユーザにより所定のアプリケーション起動処理が行われた場合に、メモリ32から車両操作アプリ32aのプログラムを読み込んで実行する。
Hereinafter, various processes executed in the smartphone 3, the electronic key 2, and the vehicle 1 in order to realize the remote control function will be sequentially described.
(5) Description of the vehicle operation application in the smartphone 3 First, the processing content of the vehicle operation application 32a installed in the smartphone 3 in order to realize the remote control function will be described with reference to FIG. The control unit 31 of the smartphone 3 (specifically, the CPU in the control unit 31) reads and executes the program of the vehicle operation application 32a from the memory 32 when a predetermined application activation process is performed by the user.
 スマートフォン3の制御部31は、車両操作アプリ32aの実行を開始すると、S10で、アプリユーザ認証を行う。アプリユーザ認証とは、車両操作アプリ32aを実行させているユーザがその実行を許可されたユーザ(許可ユーザ)であるか否かを判断する処理である。アプリユーザ認証は、ユーザの指紋、音声、及び顔画像の少なくとも1つを用いて行われる。 The control part 31 of the smart phone 3 will perform application user authentication by S10, if execution of the vehicle operation application 32a is started. The application user authentication is a process of determining whether or not the user who is executing the vehicle operation application 32a is a user (permitted user) permitted to execute the application. Application user authentication is performed using at least one of the user's fingerprint, voice, and face image.
 既述の通り、スマートフォン3のメモリ32には、認証情報32fとして、登録指紋データ、登録顔データ、及び登録音声データが記憶されている。そのため、例えばユーザに指紋を入力させてその入力された指紋が登録指紋データと一致するかどうか、また例えばユーザの顔画像をカメラ43で撮影してその顔画像が登録顔データと一致するかどうか、また例えばユーザに声を出させてその越えた登録音声データと一致するかどうかを判断することで、アプリユーザ認証を行うことができる。 As described above, the memory 32 of the smartphone 3 stores registered fingerprint data, registered face data, and registered voice data as the authentication information 32f. Therefore, for example, whether or not the user inputs a fingerprint and the input fingerprint matches the registered fingerprint data, or whether or not the user's face image is captured by the camera 43 and the face image matches the registered face data, for example. Further, for example, the application user authentication can be performed by making the user speak and determining whether or not the voice data matches the registered voice data exceeding the voice.
 S12では、S10のアプリユーザ認証の結果に基づいて、車両操作アプリ32aを実行させているユーザが許可ユーザであるか否か判断する。車両操作アプリ32aを実行させているユーザが許可ユーザではない場合は(S12:NO)、S20で所定のユーザ認証エラー処理を実行して、車両操作アプリ32aの処理を終了する。 In S12, based on the result of the application user authentication in S10, it is determined whether or not the user executing the vehicle operation application 32a is an authorized user. If the user executing the vehicle operation application 32a is not an authorized user (S12: NO), a predetermined user authentication error process is executed in S20, and the process of the vehicle operation application 32a is terminated.
 車両操作アプリ32aを実行させているユーザが許可ユーザである場合は(S12:YES)、S14で、電子キー2へ第1通信にて認証要求信号を送信する。この認証要求信号には、スマートフォン3に記憶されているユーザIDが含まれる。この認証要求信号に対し、電子キー2では、後述するように、ユーザID認証が行われ、電子キー2に記憶されているユーザIDと一致するか否かが判断される。そして、一致した場合は電子キー2から操作許可信号が送信され、一致しなかった場合は電子キー2から操作拒否信号が送信される。 If the user executing the vehicle operation application 32a is an authorized user (S12: YES), an authentication request signal is transmitted to the electronic key 2 through the first communication in S14. This authentication request signal includes the user ID stored in the smartphone 3. In response to this authentication request signal, the electronic key 2 performs user ID authentication as described later, and determines whether or not it matches the user ID stored in the electronic key 2. If they match, an operation permission signal is transmitted from the electronic key 2, and if they do not match, an operation rejection signal is transmitted from the electronic key 2.
 S16では、S14で送信した認証要求信号に対して電子キー2から操作許可信号及び操作拒否信号のうちどちらが受信されたか否か判断する。操作拒否信号が受信された場合は(S16:NO)、S20に進み、ユーザ認証エラー処理を行う。操作許可信号が受信された場合は(S16:YES)、S18に進み、車両操作処理を実行する。 In S16, it is determined whether an operation permission signal or an operation rejection signal is received from the electronic key 2 in response to the authentication request signal transmitted in S14. When the operation rejection signal is received (S16: NO), the process proceeds to S20, and user authentication error processing is performed. When the operation permission signal is received (S16: YES), the process proceeds to S18 and the vehicle operation process is executed.
 S18の車両操作処理の詳細は図8に示す通りである。図8に示すように、車両操作処理に進むと、S22で、ユーザによる車両操作方法の選択を受け付ける。本実施形態では、ユーザは、スマートフォン3に対し、3種類の指示方法の何れかを用いて、操作内容を指定することができる。3種類の指示方法のうち1つは、図3を用いて説明したように、表示部33に操作メニュー画面48を表示させてその中から所望の操作項目(操作内容)のアイコンをタップ操作して選択させる方法である。3種類の指示方法のうち他の2つは、既述の音声又はジェスチャーによる方法である。ユーザは、タップ操作、音声、及びジェスチャーのうちどの方法を用いて操作内容を指定するかを選択することができる。 Details of the vehicle operation processing in S18 are as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 8, when the vehicle operation process proceeds, in S22, the selection of the vehicle operation method by the user is accepted. In the present embodiment, the user can specify the operation content with respect to the smartphone 3 using any of the three types of instruction methods. As described with reference to FIG. 3, one of the three types of instruction methods displays the operation menu screen 48 on the display unit 33, and taps an icon of a desired operation item (operation content). It is a method to make it select. The other two of the three types of instruction methods are the above-described voice or gesture methods. The user can select which method to specify the operation content from among tap operation, voice, and gesture.
 S24では、S22で受け付けられた車両操作方法の選択結果を判断し、タップ操作が選択された場合はS26に移行し、ジェスチャーが選択された場合はS32に移行し、音声が選択された場合はS40に移行する。
車両操作方法としてタップ操作が選択された場合に移行するS26では、表示部33に操作メニュー画面48(図3参照)を表示させる。S28では、操作メニュー画面48に表示された操作項目のリストの中から何れか1つの選択を受け付ける。S30では、S28で選択された操作項目に対応した操作指令を生成する。例えば、操作項目として「微速前進」が選択された場合は、車両1を微小距離前進させるための、微速前進に対応した操作指令を生成する。S30の後はS48に進む。
In S24, the selection result of the vehicle operation method accepted in S22 is determined. If a tap operation is selected, the process proceeds to S26, if a gesture is selected, the process proceeds to S32, and if a voice is selected. The process proceeds to S40.
In S26 which is shifted when the tap operation is selected as the vehicle operation method, the operation menu screen 48 (see FIG. 3) is displayed on the display unit 33. In S28, one of the selections from the list of operation items displayed on the operation menu screen 48 is accepted. In S30, an operation command corresponding to the operation item selected in S28 is generated. For example, when “slow advance” is selected as the operation item, an operation command corresponding to the slow advance is generated to advance the vehicle 1 by a minute distance. After S30, the process proceeds to S48.
 車両操作方法としてジェスチャーが選択された場合に移行するS32では、カメラ43を起動させ、ユーザの動画像の撮影を開始する。S34では、カメラ43で撮影される動画像に基づき、ユーザが規定のジェスチャーパターンに対応したジェスチャーを示したかを判断する。この判断は、ユーザが示したジェスチャーがメモリ32にジェスチャーパターン32dとして記憶されている規定のジェスチャーの何れかと一致するか否かを判断することにより行う。そして、規定のジェスチャーパターンと一致するジェスチャーをユーザが示した場合にそのジェスチャーを認識する。 In S32 that is shifted to when the gesture is selected as the vehicle operation method, the camera 43 is activated to start capturing the moving image of the user. In S34, based on the moving image photographed by the camera 43, it is determined whether the user has shown a gesture corresponding to the prescribed gesture pattern. This determination is performed by determining whether or not the gesture indicated by the user matches any of the prescribed gestures stored as the gesture pattern 32d in the memory 32. Then, when the user indicates a gesture that matches the prescribed gesture pattern, the gesture is recognized.
 S36では、S34で認識した規定のジェスチャーパターンに対応した操作内容を表示部33に表示する。これにより、ユーザは、自分が示したジェスチャーが正しく認識されたか否かを確認することができる。S38では、S34で認識した規定のジェスチャーパターンに対応した操作指令を生成する。例えば、ユーザが、「エアコンオン」を示すジェスチャー(ジェスチャーパターン32dとして記憶されているジェスチャー)を示してそれが正しく認識された場合は、車両1のエアコンを動作させるための、エアコンオンに対応した操作指令を生成する。S38の後はS48に進む。 In S36, the operation content corresponding to the prescribed gesture pattern recognized in S34 is displayed on the display unit 33. Thereby, the user can confirm whether or not the gesture indicated by the user is correctly recognized. In S38, an operation command corresponding to the prescribed gesture pattern recognized in S34 is generated. For example, when the user shows a gesture indicating “air conditioner on” (the gesture stored as the gesture pattern 32d) and is recognized correctly, the user corresponds to turning on the air conditioner for operating the air conditioner of the vehicle 1 Generate an operation command. After S38, the process proceeds to S48.
 車両操作方法として音声が選択された場合に移行するS40では、マイク45による音声入力をスタンバイ状態に設定する。つまり、音声の入力及び認識を実行可能な状態とする。S42では、マイク45に入力されるユーザの音声に基づき、ユーザが規定の音声パターンに対応した言葉を喋ったかを判断する。この判断は、ユーザが喋った言葉がメモリ32に音声パターン32cとして記憶されている言葉の何れかと一致するか否かを判断することにより行う。そして、規定の音声パターンに対応した言葉をユーザが喋った場合にその音声パターンを認識する。 In S40 that is shifted to when the voice is selected as the vehicle operation method, the voice input by the microphone 45 is set to the standby state. That is, it is in a state where voice input and recognition can be executed. In S42, based on the user's voice input to the microphone 45, it is determined whether the user has spoken a word corresponding to a prescribed voice pattern. This determination is made by determining whether or not the word spoken by the user matches any of the words stored in the memory 32 as the voice pattern 32c. When the user speaks a word corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern, the voice pattern is recognized.
 S44では、S42で認識した規定の音声パターンに対応した操作内容を表示部33に表示する。これにより、ユーザは、自分が喋った言葉が正しく認識されたか否かを確認することができる。S46では、S42で認識した規定の音声パターンに対応した操作指令を生成する。例えば、ユーザが、「ドアミラー閉」を示す言葉(音声パターン32cとして記憶されている言葉)を喋ってそれが正しく認識された場合は、車両1のドアミラー18を閉動作させるための、ドアミラー閉に対応した操作指令を生成する。S46の後はS48に進む。 In S44, the operation content corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern recognized in S42 is displayed on the display unit 33. As a result, the user can confirm whether or not the word spoken by the user is correctly recognized. In S46, an operation command corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern recognized in S42 is generated. For example, when the user speaks a word indicating “door mirror closed” (a word stored as the voice pattern 32 c) and recognizes it correctly, the user closes the door mirror for closing the door mirror 18 of the vehicle 1. Generate a corresponding operation command. After S46, the process proceeds to S48.
 S48では、S30,S38,又はS46で生成した操作指令と、ユーザIDと、端末IDと、スマートフォン3の位置情報とを、第1通信にて電子キー2へ送信する。スマートフォン3の位置情報とは、GPS受信部37で受信された情報に基づいて検出される位置情報(GPS情報)である。なお、GPS情報以外に、スマートフォン3の現在位置を示す情報を取得できる場合には、その情報を位置情報として送信してもよい。 In S48, the operation command generated in S30, S38, or S46, the user ID, the terminal ID, and the position information of the smartphone 3 are transmitted to the electronic key 2 by the first communication. The position information of the smartphone 3 is position information (GPS information) detected based on information received by the GPS receiving unit 37. In addition to the GPS information, when information indicating the current position of the smartphone 3 can be acquired, the information may be transmitted as position information.
 S50では、電子キー2から第1通信にてエラー通知を受信したか否か判断する。なお、スマートフォン3が電子キー2から受信する可能性のあるエラー通知には、後述するように、第1エラー通知(図10のS120参照)、第2エラー通知(同S136参照)、第3エラー通知(同S140参照)、及び第4エラー通知(同S144)がある。 In S50, it is determined whether an error notification is received from the electronic key 2 through the first communication. The error notification that the smartphone 3 may receive from the electronic key 2 includes a first error notification (see S120 in FIG. 10), a second error notification (see S136), and a third error, as will be described later. Notification (see S140) and fourth error notification (S144).
 電子キー2からエラー通知を受信していない場合は(S50:NO)、S54に進む。電子キー2から何れかのエラー通知を受信した場合は(S50:YES)、S52で、表示部33に所定のエラー表示を行って、S58に進む。S52で表示させるエラー表示は、共通の表示内容であってもよいし、4種類のエラー通知毎に異なる表示内容であってもよい。 If no error notification has been received from the electronic key 2 (S50: NO), the process proceeds to S54. If any error notification is received from the electronic key 2 (S50: YES), a predetermined error is displayed on the display unit 33 in S52, and the process proceeds to S58. The error display to be displayed in S52 may be common display content or different display content for each of four types of error notifications.
 S54では、電子キー2から中継完了信号を受信したか否か判断する。この中継完了信号は、後述する図10のS146で電子キー2から送信される信号である。電子キー2から中継完了信号を受信した場合は(S54:YES)、S58に進む。電子キー2から中継完了信号を受信しなかった場合は(S54:NO)、S56で、通信異常情報を表示部33に表示させる。 In S54, it is determined whether or not a relay completion signal is received from the electronic key 2. This relay completion signal is a signal transmitted from the electronic key 2 in S146 of FIG. When the relay completion signal is received from the electronic key 2 (S54: YES), the process proceeds to S58. When the relay completion signal is not received from the electronic key 2 (S54: NO), the communication abnormality information is displayed on the display unit 33 in S56.
 S48の送信処理に対して電子キー2からエラー通知も中継完了信号も受信されないということは、スマートフォン3と電子キー2とが正常に通信できない状態になっていることが考えられる。そこで、S56の通信異常情報は、スマートフォン3と電子キー2とが正常に通信できない状態であることをユーザに報知するための情報である。 The fact that neither the error notification nor the relay completion signal is received from the electronic key 2 in the transmission process of S48 is considered that the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 cannot communicate normally. Therefore, the communication abnormality information in S56 is information for notifying the user that the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 cannot communicate normally.
 なお、別の例として、例えばBT通信を利用して、スマートフォン3と電子キー2とが互いに近い距離に存在しているか否か(つまり互いにBT通信が可能か否か)判断し、一旦近い距離に存在していると判断した後、近い距離に存在しなくなった場合は、その旨(即ちスマートフォン3と電子キー2とが離された旨)をユーザに画像又は音声によって報知するようにしてもよい。 As another example, using, for example, BT communication, it is determined whether or not the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 are located at a distance close to each other (that is, whether BT communication is possible with each other). If it does not exist at a short distance after it has been determined that it is present, the fact (that is, the fact that the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 have been released) is notified to the user by image or sound. Good.
 S58では、ユーザによる、車両操作アプリ32aを終了させるための所定の終了操作がなされたか否か判断する。終了操作がなされていない場合は(S58:NO)、S22に戻る。終了操作がなされた場合は(S58:YES)、車両操作アプリ32aを終了する。 In S58, it is determined whether or not the user has performed a predetermined ending operation for ending the vehicle operation application 32a. If the ending operation has not been performed (S58: NO), the process returns to S22. When the ending operation is performed (S58: YES), the vehicle operation application 32a is ended.
 (6)電子キー2における電子キー制御処理の説明
 次に、遠隔制御機能を実現するために電子キー2にて実行される電子キー制御処理について、図9を用いて説明する。電子キー制御処理のプログラムは、電子キー2のメモリ52に記憶されている。電子キー2の制御部51は(詳しくは、図9に示す電子キー制御処理を所定の制御周期で繰り返し実行する。
(6) Description of Electronic Key Control Process in Electronic Key 2 Next, the electronic key control process executed by the electronic key 2 to realize the remote control function will be described with reference to FIG. The electronic key control processing program is stored in the memory 52 of the electronic key 2. The controller 51 of the electronic key 2 (specifically, repeatedly executes the electronic key control process shown in FIG. 9 at a predetermined control cycle.
 電子キー2の制御部51は、電子キー制御処理を開始すると、S102で、車両1からスマート通信にて送信されたリクエスト信号を受信したか否か判断する。車両1からのリクエスト信号を受信していない場合は(S102:NO)、S106に進む。車両1からのリクエスト信号を受信した場合は(S102:YES)、S104で、応答処理を実行して、S106に進む。S104の応答処理は、車両1へスマート通信にて(つまり送信部53から)応答信号及びユーザIDを送信する処理である。 When the electronic key control process is started, the control unit 51 of the electronic key 2 determines whether or not a request signal transmitted from the vehicle 1 by smart communication is received in S102. When the request signal from the vehicle 1 has not been received (S102: NO), the process proceeds to S106. When the request signal from the vehicle 1 is received (S102: YES), a response process is executed in S104, and the process proceeds to S106. The response process of S104 is a process of transmitting a response signal and a user ID to the vehicle 1 by smart communication (that is, from the transmission unit 53).
 S106では、スマートフォン3から第1通信にて認証要求信号を受信したか否か判断する。認証要求信号を受信していない場合は(S106:NO)、S114に進む。認証要求信号を受信した場合は(S106:YES)、S108で、認証要求信号に含まれているユーザIDと電子キー2が記憶しているユーザIDとが一致するか否かの判断(つまりユーザID照合)を行う。 In S106, it is determined whether an authentication request signal is received from the smartphone 3 through the first communication. When the authentication request signal has not been received (S106: NO), the process proceeds to S114. When the authentication request signal is received (S106: YES), in S108, it is determined whether or not the user ID included in the authentication request signal matches the user ID stored in the electronic key 2 (that is, the user ID collation).
 ユーザID照合の結果、両ユーザIDが一致しないと判断した場合は(S108:NO)、S112に進む。S112では、スマートフォン3へ第1通信にて操作拒否信号を送信する。S112の処理後はS114に進む。ユーザID照合の結果、両ユーザIDが一致した場合は(S108:YES)、S110に進む。S110では、スマートフォン3へ第1通信にて操作許可信号を送信する。S110の処理後はS114に進む。 If it is determined that the user IDs do not match as a result of the user ID collation (S108: NO), the process proceeds to S112. In S112, the operation rejection signal is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication. After the process of S112, the process proceeds to S114. As a result of the user ID collation, if both user IDs match (S108: YES), the process proceeds to S110. In S110, the operation permission signal is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication. After the processing of S110, the process proceeds to S114.
 S114では、スマートフォン3から第1通信にてデータを受信したか否か判断する。なお、ここでいうデータとは、図7のS48で送信される操作指令、ユーザID、端末ID、及びスマートフォン3の位置情報を意味する。スマートフォン3から第1通信にてデータを受信していない場合は(S114:NO)、電子キー制御処理を終了する。スマートフォン3から第1通信にてデータを受信した場合は(S114:YES)、S116の中継処理に進む。 In S114, it is determined whether data is received from the smartphone 3 through the first communication. The data here means the operation command, the user ID, the terminal ID, and the location information of the smartphone 3 transmitted in S48 of FIG. If no data is received from the smartphone 3 through the first communication (S114: NO), the electronic key control process is terminated. When data is received from the smartphone 3 by the first communication (S114: YES), the process proceeds to the relay process of S116.
 S116の中継処理の詳細は図10に示す通りである。図10に示すように、中継処理に進むと、S118で、スマートフォン3から受信したデータに含まれているユーザIDと、電子キー2が記憶しているユーザIDとが一致するか否かの判断(つまりユーザID照合)を行う。ユーザID照合の結果、両ユーザIDが一致しないと判断した場合は(S118:NO)、S120で、スマートフォン3へ第1通信にて第1エラー通知を送信して、電子キー制御処理を終了する。ユーザID照合の結果、両ユーザIDが一致すると判断した場合は(S118:YES)、S122に進む。 Details of the relay processing in S116 are as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 10, when the relay process proceeds, in S118, it is determined whether the user ID included in the data received from the smartphone 3 matches the user ID stored in the electronic key 2. (That is, user ID verification). As a result of the user ID verification, if it is determined that the two user IDs do not match (S118: NO), in S120, the first error notification is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication, and the electronic key control process is terminated. . If it is determined that the user IDs match as a result of the user ID verification (S118: YES), the process proceeds to S122.
 S122では、受信したデータ中の操作指令が、電子キー制御指令であるか否か判断する。電子キー制御指令は、既述の通り、操作メニュー画面48(図3参照)において「電子キー制御」アイコンが選択された場合に送信される操作指令である。操作指令が電子キー制御指令ではない場合は(S122:NO)、S126に進む。操作指令が電子キー制御指令であった場合は(S122:YES)、S124で、指令対応処理を実行する。 In S122, it is determined whether or not the operation command in the received data is an electronic key control command. As described above, the electronic key control command is an operation command transmitted when the “electronic key control” icon is selected on the operation menu screen 48 (see FIG. 3). If the operation command is not an electronic key control command (S122: NO), the process proceeds to S126. If the operation command is an electronic key control command (S122: YES), command response processing is executed in S124.
 指令対応処理の具体的な内容は、適宜決めることができる。例えば、電子キー2の機能の一部(例えば車両1からのリクエスト信号に対する応答処理)を停止させたり、電子キー2の機能の全てを停止させたりすることができる。また例えば、電子キー2から電子キー2の動作状態を送信させることもできる。具体的には、電子キー2のバッテリ59の残量(以下「電池残量」ともいう)を送信させたり、電子キー2が車両1の検知エリア内に存在しているか否かの情報を送信させたりすることができる。 The specific details of the command response process can be determined as appropriate. For example, a part of the function of the electronic key 2 (for example, response processing to a request signal from the vehicle 1) can be stopped, or all the functions of the electronic key 2 can be stopped. Further, for example, the operation state of the electronic key 2 can be transmitted from the electronic key 2. Specifically, the remaining amount of the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 (hereinafter also referred to as “battery remaining amount”) is transmitted, or information indicating whether the electronic key 2 is present in the detection area of the vehicle 1 is transmitted. You can make it.
 S126では、スマートフォン3から受信したデータに含まれている操作指令に対応した操作コマンドを生成する。例えば、ドアミラー閉を示す操作指令を受信した場合には、ドアミラー閉を示す操作コマンドを生成する。 In S126, an operation command corresponding to the operation command included in the data received from the smartphone 3 is generated. For example, when an operation command indicating door mirror closing is received, an operation command indicating door mirror closing is generated.
 S128では、電子キー2が車両1の検知エリア内に存在しているか否かを判断する。具体的には、受信部54にて車両1からのリクエスト信号が受信されるか否かに基づき、受信されていない場合は検知エリア外に存在していると判断し、受信されている場合は検知エリア内に存在していると判断する。 In S128, it is determined whether or not the electronic key 2 is present in the detection area of the vehicle 1. Specifically, based on whether or not the request signal from the vehicle 1 is received by the receiving unit 54, if it is not received, it is determined that it exists outside the detection area. Judged to exist in the detection area.
 電子キー2が車両1の検知エリア内に存在している場合は(S128:YES)、S130に進む。S130では、S126で生成した操作コマンドと、スマートフォン3からの受信データに含まれているユーザID、端末ID、及びスマートフォン3の位置情報を、車両1へスマート通信にて送信する。その送信後はS138に進む。 If the electronic key 2 is present in the detection area of the vehicle 1 (S128: YES), the process proceeds to S130. In S130, the operation command generated in S126, the user ID, the terminal ID, and the location information of the smartphone 3 included in the received data from the smartphone 3 are transmitted to the vehicle 1 by smart communication. After the transmission, the process proceeds to S138.
 電子キー2が車両1の検知エリア内に存在していない場合は(S128:NO)、S132で、スマートフォン3による車両1の遠隔操作が許可されているか否か判断する。遠隔操作が許可されているか否かは、電子キー2のメモリ52に記憶されている遠隔操作可否情報に基づいて判断する。遠隔操作を許可するか否かは、車両1のユーザが任意に決めることができる。例えば、遠隔操作を望まない(或いは利用しない)ユーザは、車両1の購入時にディーラーにて、遠隔操作を許可しない旨の遠隔操作可否情報を電子キー2に記憶してもらうことができる。ただし、電子キー2に記憶されている遠隔操作可否情報は、電子キー2に記憶されているユーザIDと同じユーザIDを持つスマートフォン3から任意に変更することができる。 If the electronic key 2 is not present in the detection area of the vehicle 1 (S128: NO), it is determined in S132 whether remote operation of the vehicle 1 by the smartphone 3 is permitted. Whether or not the remote operation is permitted is determined based on the remote operation availability information stored in the memory 52 of the electronic key 2. Whether or not the remote operation is permitted can be arbitrarily determined by the user of the vehicle 1. For example, a user who does not desire (or does not use) a remote operation can have the electronic key 2 store remote operation availability information indicating that the remote operation is not permitted at the dealer when the vehicle 1 is purchased. However, the remote operation availability information stored in the electronic key 2 can be arbitrarily changed from the smartphone 3 having the same user ID as the user ID stored in the electronic key 2.
 なお、遠隔操作可否情報は、必ずしも電子キー2が持つ必要はなく、スマートフォン3が持つようにして、スマートフォン3から送信してもらうようにしてもよい。また、スマートフォン3が遠隔操作可否情報を持っている場合に、その遠隔操作可否情報が遠隔操作を許可しない旨の情報であるならば、スマートフォン3は操作指令の送信を行わないようにしてもよい。 It should be noted that the remote operation availability information does not necessarily have to be held by the electronic key 2 but may be held by the smartphone 3 and transmitted from the smartphone 3. Further, when the smartphone 3 has the remote operation availability information, if the remote operation availability information is information indicating that the remote operation is not permitted, the smartphone 3 may not transmit the operation command. .
 S132で、遠隔操作が許可されていない場合は(S132:NO)、S136で、スマートフォン3へ第1通信にて第2エラー通知を送信して、電子キー制御処理を終了する。S132で、遠隔操作が許可されている場合は(S132:YES)、S134で、S126で生成した操作コマンドと、スマートフォン3からの受信データに含まれているユーザID、端末ID、及びスマートフォン3の位置情報を、車両1へ第2通信にて送信する。その送信後はS138に進む。 If the remote operation is not permitted in S132 (S132: NO), in S136, the second error notification is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication, and the electronic key control process is terminated. If the remote operation is permitted in S132 (S132: YES), the operation command generated in S126 and the user ID, the terminal ID, and the smartphone 3 included in the received data from the smartphone 3 in S134. The position information is transmitted to the vehicle 1 by the second communication. After the transmission, the process proceeds to S138.
 S138では、車両1からID不一致通知を受信したか否か判断する。ID不一致通知は、S130又はS134で車両1に送信したユーザIDと車両1のユーザIDとが一致しなかった場合に車両1からスマート通信又は第2通信にて送信されてくる。 In S138, it is determined whether or not an ID mismatch notification is received from the vehicle 1. The ID mismatch notification is transmitted from the vehicle 1 by smart communication or second communication when the user ID transmitted to the vehicle 1 in S130 or S134 does not match the user ID of the vehicle 1.
 S138で、車両1からID不一致通知を受信した場合は(S138:YES)、S140で、スマートフォン3へ第1通信にて第3エラー通知を送信して、電子キー制御処理を終了する。S138で、車両1からID不一致通知を受信していない場合は(S138:NO)、S142に進む。 If an ID mismatch notification is received from the vehicle 1 in S138 (S138: YES), a third error notification is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication in S140, and the electronic key control process is terminated. In S138, when the ID mismatch notification is not received from the vehicle 1 (S138: NO), the process proceeds to S142.
 S142では、車両1から不許可通知を受信したか否か判断する。不許可通知は、S130又はS134で車両1に送信した操作コマンドに対応した操作項目の機能が車両1において実行できないと判断された場合に、車両1からスマート通信又は第2通信にて送信されてくる。 In S142, it is determined whether or not a disapproval notice is received from the vehicle 1. The disapproval notice is transmitted from the vehicle 1 by smart communication or second communication when it is determined that the function of the operation item corresponding to the operation command transmitted to the vehicle 1 in S130 or S134 cannot be executed in the vehicle 1. come.
 S142で、車両1から不許可通知を受信した場合は(S142:YES)、S144で、スマートフォン3へ第1通信にて第4エラー通知を送信して、電子キー制御処理を終了する。S142で、車両1から不許可知を受信していない場合は(S142:NO)、S146で、スマートフォン3へ第1通信にて中継完了信号を送信する。 In S142, when a non-permission notification is received from the vehicle 1 (S142: YES), in S144, a fourth error notification is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication, and the electronic key control process is terminated. When the non-permission knowledge is not received from the vehicle 1 in S142 (S142: NO), a relay completion signal is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication in S146.
 (7)車両1における遠隔制御処理の説明
 次に、遠隔制御機能を実現するために車両1にて実行される遠隔制御処理について、図11を用いて説明する。遠隔制御処理のプログラムは、車両1のメモリ25に記憶されている。車両1の制御部10は(詳しくは制御部10内のCPUは)、起動後、メモリ25から図11に示す遠隔制御処理のプログラムを読み込み、一定の制御周期で繰り返し実行する。
(7) Description of Remote Control Processing in Vehicle 1 Next, the remote control processing executed in the vehicle 1 in order to realize the remote control function will be described with reference to FIG. The remote control processing program is stored in the memory 25 of the vehicle 1. The control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 (specifically, the CPU in the control unit 10) reads the remote control processing program shown in FIG. 11 from the memory 25 after activation, and repeatedly executes it at a constant control cycle.
 車両1の制御部10は、遠隔制御処理を開始すると、S152で、各送信機4,5からスマート通信にてリクエスト信号を送信する。既述の通り、このリクエスト信号の送信により各検知エリア400,500が形成される。S154では、電子キー2からデータを受信したか否か判断する。なお、ここでいうデータとは、図9のS130又はS134で送信される操作コマンド、ユーザID、端末ID、及びスマートフォン3の位置情報、又は、リクエスト信号に対してスマート通信にて送信される応答信号及びユーザIDを意味する。電子キー2からスマート通信又は第2通信にてデータを受信していない場合は(S154:NO)、遠隔制御処理を終了する。電子キー2からスマート通信又は第2通信にてデータを受信した場合は(S154:YES)、S156に進む。 When the remote control process is started, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 transmits a request signal by smart communication from each of the transmitters 4 and 5 in S152. As described above, the detection areas 400 and 500 are formed by transmitting the request signal. In S154, it is determined whether data is received from the electronic key 2. The data referred to here is a response transmitted by smart communication in response to the operation command, user ID, terminal ID, and position information of the smartphone 3 transmitted in S130 or S134 of FIG. 9, or a request signal. Means signal and user ID. When data is not received from the electronic key 2 by smart communication or second communication (S154: NO), the remote control process is terminated. When data is received from the electronic key 2 by smart communication or second communication (S154: YES), the process proceeds to S156.
 S156では、電子キー2から受信したデータに含まれているユーザIDと、車両1のメモリ25に記憶されているユーザIDとが一致するか否かの判断(ユーザID照合)を行う。ユーザID照合の結果、両ユーザIDが一致しないと判断した場合は(S156:NO)、S158で、電子キー2へID不一致通知を送信し、遠隔制御処理を終了する。S158では、S156で不一致と判断された電子キー2のユーザIDがスマート通信にて受信されたものである場合には、スマート通信にてID不一致通知を送信する。また、S158では、S156で不一致と判断された電子キー2のユーザIDが第2通信にて受信されたものである場合には、第2通信にてID不一致通知を送信する。 In S156, it is determined whether or not the user ID included in the data received from the electronic key 2 matches the user ID stored in the memory 25 of the vehicle 1 (user ID verification). If it is determined that the user IDs do not match as a result of the user ID verification (S156: NO), an ID mismatch notification is transmitted to the electronic key 2 in S158, and the remote control process is terminated. In S158, if the user ID of the electronic key 2 determined to be inconsistent in S156 is received by smart communication, an ID mismatch notification is transmitted by smart communication. In S158, when the user ID of the electronic key 2 determined to be inconsistent in S156 is received in the second communication, an ID mismatch notification is transmitted in the second communication.
 S156にて、両ユーザIDが一致すると判断した場合は(S156:YES)、S160に進む。S160では、電子キー2から受信したデータ(情報)が、操作コマンドであるかそれともリクエスト信号に対する応答信号であるかを判断する。 If it is determined in S156 that both user IDs match (S156: YES), the process proceeds to S160. In S160, it is determined whether the data (information) received from the electronic key 2 is an operation command or a response signal to the request signal.
 電子キー2から受信した情報に、リクエスト信号に対する応答信号が含まれている場合は、S162で、所定の電子キー対応処理を実行して、遠隔制御処理を終了する。S162の電子キー対応処理は、例えばユーザがドアハンドルのタッチセンサに触れた場合に各ドア15をアンロックするといった、従来の電子キーシステムで行われている基本的な処理である。 If the information received from the electronic key 2 includes a response signal to the request signal, a predetermined electronic key handling process is executed in S162, and the remote control process is terminated. The electronic key handling process of S162 is a basic process performed in a conventional electronic key system, for example, when each user 15 unlocks each door 15 when touching the touch sensor of the door handle.
 S160で、電子キー2から受信した情報に操作コマンドが含まれている場合は、S164で、その受信した操作コマンドに基づいて、実行すべき操作項目を把握する。S166では、機能制限確認処理を実行する。S166の機能制限確認処理の詳細は図12に示す通りである。 When the operation command is included in the information received from the electronic key 2 in S160, the operation item to be executed is grasped based on the received operation command in S164. In S166, a function restriction confirmation process is executed. Details of the function restriction confirmation processing in S166 are as shown in FIG.
 図12に示すように、機能制限確認処理に移行すると、S202で、電子キー2からのデータ(図11のS154で肯定判定された根拠となる受信データ)はスマート通信にて受信されたものであるか否か判断する。スマート通信で受信されたものではない場合(つまり第2通信で受信された場合)は(S202:N0)、S206に進む。スマート通信で受信されていないということは、電子キー2が車両1の各検知エリア400,500の外部に存在しているということである。 As shown in FIG. 12, when the process proceeds to the function restriction confirmation process, in S202, the data from the electronic key 2 (the received data that is affirmatively determined in S154 of FIG. 11) is received by smart communication. Judge whether there is. If it is not received by smart communication (that is, received by the second communication) (S202: NO), the process proceeds to S206. The fact that the electronic key 2 is not received by the smart communication means that the electronic key 2 exists outside the detection areas 400 and 500 of the vehicle 1.
 電子キー2からのデータがスマート通信にて受信されたものである場合は(S202:YES)、S204で、電子キー2の存在位置(車両1の室内かそれとも室外か)を確認する。この確認は、応答信号に付加されている既述の識別信号に基づいて行うことができる。 If the data from the electronic key 2 has been received by smart communication (S202: YES), in S204, the location of the electronic key 2 (inside the vehicle 1 or outside the vehicle 1) is confirmed. This confirmation can be performed based on the above-described identification signal added to the response signal.
 S206では、スマートフォン3の位置情報を取得する。スマートフォン3の位置情報は、操作コマンドと共に電子キー2から受信されているため、その受信データの中から取得することができる。S208では、自車位置情報(車両1自身の位置情報)を取得する。具体的には、GPS受信部9で受信された情報をもとに検出する。 In S206, the position information of the smartphone 3 is acquired. Since the position information of the smartphone 3 is received from the electronic key 2 together with the operation command, it can be acquired from the received data. In S208, own vehicle position information (position information of the vehicle 1 itself) is acquired. Specifically, detection is performed based on information received by the GPS receiver 9.
 S210では、スマートフォン3の端末IDを取得する。
 S212では、S208で取得した自車位置情報に基づく自車位置、S206で取得した位置情報に基づくスマートフォン3の位置、S210で取得した端末ID、及びS202~S204の処理で判断された電子キー2の位置に基づいて、操作コマンドにより指定された操作項目(つまりスマートフォン3から要求された操作内容)の機能に対する制限の有無を判断する。つまり、車両1、スマートフォン3、及び電子キー2の三者の位置関係に対し、指定された操作項目の機能を実行可能かそれとも制限(禁止)されているかそれとも一部制限されているかを判断する。この判断は、メモリ25に記憶されている機能制限情報25bに基づいて行うことができる。S212の処理後は、S168(図11)に進む。
In S210, the terminal ID of the smartphone 3 is acquired.
In S212, the vehicle position based on the vehicle position information acquired in S208, the position of the smartphone 3 based on the position information acquired in S206, the terminal ID acquired in S210, and the electronic key 2 determined in the processes of S202 to S204. Based on the position, the presence / absence of restriction on the function of the operation item specified by the operation command (that is, the operation content requested from the smartphone 3) is determined. That is, it is determined whether the function of the designated operation item can be executed, restricted (prohibited), or partially restricted with respect to the positional relationship between the vehicle 1, the smartphone 3, and the electronic key 2. . This determination can be made based on the function restriction information 25b stored in the memory 25. After the process of S212, the process proceeds to S168 (FIG. 11).
 なお、三者の位置関係に加えて、端末IDに基づいて、指定された操作項目の機能を実行可能かそれとも制限(禁止)されているかそれとも一部制限されているかを判断するようにしてもよい。例えば、ある機能について、あるユーザが所有するスマートフォン3から指定された場合のみ実行し、他のスマートフォン3から指定された場合には実行しないようにしてもよい。どの端末IDに対してどのような制限をかけるか(或いは制限なしとするか)についても、機能制限情報25bとして予めメモリ25に記憶させておいてもよい。 In addition to the positional relationship between the three parties, it may be determined whether the function of the specified operation item is executable, restricted (prohibited), or partially restricted based on the terminal ID. Good. For example, a certain function may be executed only when specified from a smartphone 3 owned by a certain user, and may not be executed when specified from another smartphone 3. What kind of restriction is applied to which terminal ID (or no restriction) may be stored in advance in the memory 25 as the function restriction information 25b.
 S168では、S166の機能制限確認処理の結果に基づいて、指定された操作項目の機能の実行が許可されているか否か判断する。指定された操作項目の機能の実行が許可されている場合は(S168:YES)、S170で、その指定された操作項目の機能を実行する。なお、許可されてはいるもののその機能の一部が制限されている場合には、制限されている範囲内で機能を実行する。 In S168, based on the result of the function restriction confirmation process in S166, it is determined whether or not the execution of the function of the designated operation item is permitted. If execution of the function of the designated operation item is permitted (S168: YES), the function of the designated operation item is executed in S170. In addition, when permitted but a part of the function is restricted, the function is executed within the restricted range.
 S170において、指定された操作項目が、車両1の情報の取得要求であった場合は、その要求された情報を第1通信にてスマートフォン3へ送信する。図3に示したように、本実施形態では、スマートフォン3から電子キー2経由で車両1に対して、車両1の走行距離やメンテ情報、ダイアグ情報、車内温度、車室内画像情報などの各種情報を要求することができる。車両1は、スマートフォン3からの要求に応じて、車両1の各種情報を第1通信にてスマートフォン3へ送信する。 In S170, when the designated operation item is an acquisition request for information on the vehicle 1, the requested information is transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication. As shown in FIG. 3, in the present embodiment, various information such as the travel distance, maintenance information, diagnostic information, vehicle interior temperature, vehicle interior image information of the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3 via the electronic key 2 to the vehicle 1. Can be requested. The vehicle 1 transmits various information of the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 through the first communication in response to a request from the smartphone 3.
 指定された操作項目の機能の実行が許可されていない場合、つまりその機能の実行が制限(禁止)されている場合は(S168:NO)、S172に進む。S172では、電子キー2へ不許可通知を送信し、遠隔制御処理を終了する。S172では、操作コマンドがスマート通信にて受信されたものである場合にはスマート通信にて不許可通知を送信し、操作コマンドが第2通信にて受信されたものである場合には第2通信にて不許可通知を送信する。 If execution of the function of the designated operation item is not permitted, that is, if execution of the function is restricted (prohibited) (S168: NO), the process proceeds to S172. In S172, a non-permission notice is transmitted to the electronic key 2, and the remote control process is terminated. In S172, if the operation command is received by smart communication, a notice of disapproval is transmitted by smart communication, and if the operation command is received by second communication, the second communication is transmitted. Send a disapproval notice at.
 ここで、スマートフォン3における車両操作アプリ32aの起動方法について補足説明する。スマートフォン3の車両操作アプリ32aは、ユーザ自らスマートフォン3に対して所定の起動操作を行うことで起動させることができるほか、スマートフォン3を電子キー2にかざすことによっても起動させることができる。 Here, a supplementary explanation will be given of the method of starting the vehicle operation application 32a in the smartphone 3. The vehicle operation application 32 a of the smartphone 3 can be activated by performing a predetermined activation operation on the smartphone 3 by itself, or can be activated by holding the smartphone 3 over the electronic key 2.
 即ち、スマートフォン3には、車両操作アプリ32aの一部として、又は車両操作アプリ32aと連携して動作する別のプログラムとして、タグ対応プログラムが記憶されている。そして、スマートフォン3の制御部31は、タグ対応プログラムを所定周期で繰り返し実行する。 That is, the smartphone 3 stores a tag corresponding program as a part of the vehicle operation application 32a or as another program that operates in cooperation with the vehicle operation application 32a. And the control part 31 of the smart phone 3 repeatedly performs a tag corresponding | compatible program with a predetermined period.
 タグ対応プログラムにより実行されるタグ対応処理を、図13に示す。スマートフォン3の制御部31は、図13のタグ対応処理を開始すると、S252で、電子キー2のRFタグ63を検知したか否か判断する。即ち、タグリーダライタ47によって電子キー2のRFタグ63からユーザID及びアプリ起動要求を受信したか否か判断する。既述の通り、タグリーダライタ47と電子キー2とのデータ通信が開始され、電子キー2においてユーザID照合が一致すると、電子キー2のRFタグ63から、電子キー2のユーザID及びアプリ起動要求が送信される。S252の処理におけるRFタグ63の検知とは、換言すれば、電子キー2のRFタグ63から送信されるユーザID及びアプリ起動要求の受信を意味する。 The tag handling process executed by the tag handling program is shown in FIG. When the tag handling process of FIG. 13 is started, the control unit 31 of the smartphone 3 determines whether or not the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2 has been detected in S252. That is, it is determined whether the tag reader / writer 47 has received a user ID and an application activation request from the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2. As described above, when data communication between the tag reader / writer 47 and the electronic key 2 is started and the user ID collation is matched in the electronic key 2, the user ID and application activation request of the electronic key 2 are received from the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2. Is sent. In other words, the detection of the RF tag 63 in the process of S252 means reception of a user ID and an application activation request transmitted from the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2.
 電子キー2のRFタグ63を検知していない場合(S252:NO)、即ちタグリーダライタ47にてRFタグ63からのユーザID及びアプリ起動要求が受信されていない場合は、S256に進む。 If the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2 is not detected (S252: NO), that is, if the user ID and the application activation request from the RF tag 63 are not received by the tag reader / writer 47, the process proceeds to S256.
 電子キー2のRFタグ63を検知した場合(S252:YES)、即ちタグリーダライタ47にてRFタグ63からのユーザID及びアプリ起動要求が受信された場合は、S254で、ユーザID照合を行う。具体的に、受信したユーザIDと、スマートフォン3自身に記憶されているユーザIDとが一致するか否かのユーザID照合を行う。 When the RF tag 63 of the electronic key 2 is detected (S252: YES), that is, when the user ID and the application activation request from the RF tag 63 are received by the tag reader / writer 47, the user ID is verified in S254. Specifically, user ID collation is performed as to whether or not the received user ID matches the user ID stored in the smartphone 3 itself.
 S256では、S254のユーザID照合の結果を判断する。ユーザID照合の結果、ユーザIDが一致すると判断した場合は(S256:YES)、S258で、アプリ起動処理を実行する。具体的に、車両操作アプリ32aを実質的に起動させる。実質的に起動させる、とは、図7に示すS10からの処理を開始させる、という意味である。これにより、ユーザから見れば、結果として、スマートフォン3を電子キー2にかざしただけで車両操作アプリ32aが自動的に起動されたことになる。ユーザID照合の結果、ユーザIDが一致しないと判断した場合は(S256:NO)、タグ対応処理を終了する。 In S256, the result of the user ID collation in S254 is determined. As a result of the user ID collation, if it is determined that the user IDs match (S256: YES), an application activation process is executed in S258. Specifically, the vehicle operation application 32a is substantially activated. “Activate substantially” means to start the processing from S10 shown in FIG. As a result, as viewed from the user, as a result, the vehicle operation application 32a is automatically started only by holding the smartphone 3 over the electronic key 2. If it is determined that the user IDs do not match as a result of the user ID collation (S256: NO), the tag handling process ends.
 (8)第1実施形態の効果
 以上説明した本第1実施形態の車両制御システムによれば、次の効果が得られる。
 (a)ユーザは、スマートフォン3を操作することで、電子キー2を中継させて車両1を制御することができる。
(8) Effects of First Embodiment According to the vehicle control system of the first embodiment described above, the following effects can be obtained.
(A) The user can control the vehicle 1 by relaying the electronic key 2 by operating the smartphone 3.
 (b)具体的には、図3を用いて説明したように、スマートフォン3から、車両1に対して各種の動作を行わせたり、車両1から各種の情報を取得したりすることができる。
 (c)ユーザは、車両1に対する操作項目を、様々な方法でスマートフォン3に入力することができる。具体的には、表示部33に操作メニュー画面48を表示させてその中からタップ操作により操作項目を指定できる。また、カメラ43の前で所望の操作項目に対応したジェスチャーを示すことによっても、その所望の操作項目を指定できる。また、所望の操作項目に対応した言葉をマイク45に向かって喋ることによっても、その所望の操作項目を指定できる。
(B) Specifically, as described with reference to FIG. 3, various operations can be performed on the vehicle 1 or various information can be acquired from the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3.
(C) The user can input operation items for the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 by various methods. Specifically, an operation menu screen 48 is displayed on the display unit 33, and an operation item can be designated by a tap operation. The desired operation item can also be specified by showing a gesture corresponding to the desired operation item in front of the camera 43. The desired operation item can also be designated by speaking a word corresponding to the desired operation item toward the microphone 45.
 そのため、ユーザは、スマートフォン3に対して喋りながら車両1を移動させたり車両1の各部を動作させたりすることができる。また、スマートフォン3のカメラ43に向かってジェスチャーを示しながら車両1を移動させたり車両1の各部を動作させたりすることもできる。 Therefore, the user can move the vehicle 1 or operate each part of the vehicle 1 while hitting the smartphone 3. Further, the vehicle 1 can be moved or each part of the vehicle 1 can be operated while showing a gesture toward the camera 43 of the smartphone 3.
 (d)ユーザは、車両1に乗車することなく、車両1の各部の動作を確認することができる。例えば、ヘッドライト20が正常に点灯するかどうかを、車両1の外部から容易に確認することができる。また例えば、車両1から降車した後、車両1の位置を移動させたい場合、車両1に再び乗り込むことなく移動させることができる。例えば、車両1をもう少し(数十cm)バックさせたい場合、車両1の外部から車両1を見ながら、車両1を制御して後方へ移動(微速後進)させることができる。また例えば、車両1から離れた場所から、車両1の車内温度を取得して、車内温度が高くなっている場合にはウィンドウ17を開けたりエアコン14を動作させたりすることもできる。 (D) The user can check the operation of each part of the vehicle 1 without getting on the vehicle 1. For example, whether or not the headlight 20 is normally lit can be easily confirmed from the outside of the vehicle 1. Further, for example, when it is desired to move the position of the vehicle 1 after getting off the vehicle 1, it can be moved without getting into the vehicle 1 again. For example, when the vehicle 1 is desired to be moved back a little (several tens of centimeters), the vehicle 1 can be controlled to move backward (slow reverse) while viewing the vehicle 1 from the outside of the vehicle 1. Further, for example, the in-vehicle temperature of the vehicle 1 can be acquired from a place away from the vehicle 1, and when the in-vehicle temperature is high, the window 17 can be opened or the air conditioner 14 can be operated.
 (e)スマートフォン3から車両1を遠隔制御する際、指紋、音声、又は顔画像に基づいてユーザの認証が行われ、許可されているユーザのみ、車両1を遠隔制御することができる(図7のS10~S12)。そのため、不正な遠隔制御が行われることを抑止することができる。 (E) When the vehicle 1 is remotely controlled from the smartphone 3, user authentication is performed based on the fingerprint, voice, or face image, and only the authorized user can remotely control the vehicle 1 (FIG. 7). S10 to S12). Therefore, unauthorized remote control can be suppressed.
 (f)電子キー2は、スマートフォン3から操作指令を受信した場合に、その操作指令と共に受信されるユーザIDが電子キー2のユーザIDと一致しなかった場合は、車両1へ操作コマンドを送信せず、スマートフォン3へエラーを通知する。さらに、車両1においても、電子キー2から操作コマンドを受信した場合に、その操作コマンドと共に受信されるユーザIDと車両1のユーザIDとの照合を行う。つまり、スマートフォン3、電子キー2、及び車両1の三者のユーザIDが全て一致した場合に、スマートフォン3から車両1を遠隔操作することができる。そのため、スマートフォン3による遠隔制御のセキュリティ性を高めることができる。 (F) When the electronic key 2 receives an operation command from the smartphone 3 and the user ID received together with the operation command does not match the user ID of the electronic key 2, the electronic key 2 transmits an operation command to the vehicle 1. Without notifying the smartphone 3 of the error. Further, also in the vehicle 1, when an operation command is received from the electronic key 2, the user ID received together with the operation command is compared with the user ID of the vehicle 1. That is, when the three user IDs of the smartphone 3, the electronic key 2, and the vehicle 1 all match, the vehicle 1 can be remotely operated from the smartphone 3. Therefore, the security of remote control by the smartphone 3 can be improved.
 (g)車両1、電子キー2、及びスマートフォン3の三者の位置によって、スマートフォン3から要求された操作内容の機能が禁止又は制限される。三者の位置関係がどのような場合にどのようにするか(許可するか、制限するか、禁止するか)、また制限する場合に具体的に何を制限するか、などについては、操作項目毎に、予め任意に設定することができる。そのため、セキュリティ性能をより高めることができる。 (G) The function of the operation content requested from the smartphone 3 is prohibited or restricted depending on the positions of the vehicle 1, the electronic key 2, and the smartphone 3. When the positional relationship between the three parties is to be used (permitted, restricted, prohibited), what to restrict specifically when it is restricted, etc. Each can be arbitrarily set in advance. Therefore, the security performance can be further improved.
 (h)電子キー2は、無線通信方式として、従来の電子キーシステムが備えるスマート通信だけでなく、第1通信、第2通信、BT通信などの各種の通信方式を具備している。そのため、電子キー2が車両1の各検知エリア400,500の外部に存在していても、第2通信によって車両1と通信を行うことができる。つまり、電子キー2及びスマートフォン3を持ったユーザが車両1の各検知エリア400,500の外にいても、その外から車両1を遠隔制御することができる。 (H) The electronic key 2 includes various communication methods such as first communication, second communication, and BT communication as well as smart communication provided in the conventional electronic key system as a wireless communication method. Therefore, even if the electronic key 2 exists outside the detection areas 400 and 500 of the vehicle 1, communication with the vehicle 1 can be performed by the second communication. That is, even if the user with the electronic key 2 and the smartphone 3 is outside the detection areas 400 and 500 of the vehicle 1, the vehicle 1 can be remotely controlled from the outside.
 (j)電子キー2のバッテリ59が消耗した場合、スマートフォン3から非接触方式にて電力を受電して、バッテリ59を充電したり、電子キー2を動作させたりすることができる。また、電子キー2は電源入力ジャック62を備えており、この電源入力ジャック62から電力を受電することもできる(図5参照)。なお、本実施形態の電子キー2は、上記のように、バッテリ59が消耗しても、各種の手段によって外部から電力供給を受けて動作させることができる。そのため、従来の一般的な電子キーが備えているメカニカルキーは、本実施形態の電子キー2は備えていない。ただしもちろん、電子キー2にメカニカルキーが内蔵されていてもよい。 (J) When the battery 59 of the electronic key 2 is consumed, the battery 59 can be charged or the electronic key 2 can be operated by receiving power from the smartphone 3 in a non-contact manner. Further, the electronic key 2 includes a power input jack 62, and can receive power from the power input jack 62 (see FIG. 5). Note that, as described above, the electronic key 2 of the present embodiment can be operated by receiving power supply from the outside by various means even when the battery 59 is exhausted. For this reason, the mechanical key provided in the conventional general electronic key does not include the electronic key 2 of the present embodiment. However, of course, a mechanical key may be built in the electronic key 2.
 なお、スマートフォン3は、本発明の通信端末の一例に相当する。図3に例示した操作メニュー画面48において選択可能な処理、即ち車両1に対して電子キー2を中継して要求可能な処理は、本発明の特定の処理の一例に相当する。スマートフォン3のタッチパネル34、カメラ43、及びマイク45は本発明の指定入力部の一例に相当する。スマートフォン3の第1通信部35は本発明の指令送信部の一例に相当する。スマートフォン3のメモリ32は本発明の端末側記憶部の一例に相当し、そのメモリ32に記憶されているユーザIDは本発明の端末側固有情報の一例に相当する。スマートフォン3から電子キー2へ送信される操作指令は本発明の処理指令の一例に相当し、電子キー2から車両1へ送信される操作コマンドは本発明の処理コマンドの一例に相当する。図8において、S28,S34,S42の処理は本発明の指定入力部の処理の一例に相当し、S48の処理は本発明の指令送信部の処理の一例に相当する。 The smartphone 3 corresponds to an example of a communication terminal according to the present invention. A process that can be selected on the operation menu screen 48 illustrated in FIG. 3, that is, a process that can be requested by relaying the electronic key 2 to the vehicle 1 corresponds to an example of a specific process of the present invention. The touch panel 34, the camera 43, and the microphone 45 of the smartphone 3 correspond to an example of the designation input unit of the present invention. The first communication unit 35 of the smartphone 3 corresponds to an example of a command transmission unit of the present invention. The memory 32 of the smartphone 3 corresponds to an example of the terminal side storage unit of the present invention, and the user ID stored in the memory 32 corresponds to an example of the terminal side unique information of the present invention. An operation command transmitted from the smartphone 3 to the electronic key 2 corresponds to an example of a processing command of the present invention, and an operation command transmitted from the electronic key 2 to the vehicle 1 corresponds to an example of a processing command of the present invention. In FIG. 8, the processes of S28, S34, and S42 correspond to an example of the process of the designation input unit of the present invention, and the process of S48 corresponds to an example of the process of the command transmission unit of the present invention.
 また、電子キー2のメモリ52は本発明のキー側記憶部の一例に相当し、そのメモリ52に記憶されているユーザIDは本発明のキー側固有情報の一例に相当する。図10において、S118の処理は本発明の固有情報判断部の処理の一例に相当し、S130,S134の処理は本発明のコマンド送信部の処理の一例に相当する。 The memory 52 of the electronic key 2 corresponds to an example of the key side storage unit of the present invention, and the user ID stored in the memory 52 corresponds to an example of the key side unique information of the present invention. In FIG. 10, the process of S118 corresponds to an example of the process of the unique information determination unit of the present invention, and the processes of S130 and S134 correspond to an example of the process of the command transmission unit of the present invention.
 なお、本実施形態では、本発明の指定入力部の一例として、タッチパネル34、カメラ43、及びマイク45を例示したが、これらはあくまでも一例である。車両1に実行させたい処理をユーザがスマートフォン3に対して指定することができる(ひいてはその入力された処理を示す操作指令をスマートフォン3が電子キー2へ送信できる)限り、具体的にどのような方法、どのような入力インタフェースを用いて指定できるようにするかについては適宜決めることができる。 In the present embodiment, the touch panel 34, the camera 43, and the microphone 45 are illustrated as examples of the designation input unit of the present invention, but these are only examples. As long as the user can specify the process that the vehicle 1 wants to execute on the smartphone 3 (and thus the smartphone 3 can transmit an operation command indicating the input process to the electronic key 2), the specific process The method and what input interface can be specified can be determined as appropriate.
 [第2実施形態]
 第2実施形態の車両制御システムについて、図14及び図15を用いて説明する。本第2実施形態の車両制御システムは、電子キーから車両1(図6)を直接制御することができるシステムである。
[Second Embodiment]
The vehicle control system of 2nd Embodiment is demonstrated using FIG.14 and FIG.15. The vehicle control system of the second embodiment is a system that can directly control the vehicle 1 (FIG. 6) from an electronic key.
 即ち、本第2実施形態では、車両1を遠隔制御するにあたり、電子キー以外の他の通信機器は不要である。一方、本第2実施形態では、電子キーから車両1を遠隔操作するために、電子キーの構成が第1実施形態の電子キー2とは異なる。 That is, in the second embodiment, in order to remotely control the vehicle 1, no communication device other than the electronic key is necessary. On the other hand, in the second embodiment, in order to remotely control the vehicle 1 from the electronic key, the configuration of the electronic key is different from the electronic key 2 of the first embodiment.
 図14を用いて、本第2実施形態の電子キー2の構成を説明する。図14に示すように、本第2実施形態の電子キー80は、制御部81と、メモリ82と、マイク83と、音声処理部84と、表示部85と、操作入力部86と、送信部53と、受信部54と、バッテリ59と、レギュレータ60と、非接触受給電部61と、電源入力ジャック62とを備える。このうち送信部53、受信部54、バッテリ59、レギュレータ60、非接触受給電部61、及び電源入力ジャック62については、第1実施形態の電子キー2と同じであるため、説明を省略する。 The configuration of the electronic key 2 of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 14, the electronic key 80 of the second embodiment includes a control unit 81, a memory 82, a microphone 83, a voice processing unit 84, a display unit 85, an operation input unit 86, and a transmission unit. 53, a receiving unit 54, a battery 59, a regulator 60, a non-contact power supply / reception unit 61, and a power input jack 62. Among them, the transmission unit 53, the reception unit 54, the battery 59, the regulator 60, the non-contact power supply / reception unit 61, and the power input jack 62 are the same as the electronic key 2 of the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
 マイク83及び音声処理部84は、第1実施形態ではスマートフォン3に搭載されていたものであり、本第2実施形態では電子キー80に搭載されている。マイク83は、外部の音声を電気信号に変換する。音声処理部84は、マイク83にて集音されて電気信号に変換された音声信号をデジタルの音声データに処理して制御部81へ出力する。制御部81は、音声処理部84から入力される音声データに基づいて、マイク83で集音された音声の内容を認識できる。 The microphone 83 and the sound processing unit 84 are mounted on the smartphone 3 in the first embodiment, and are mounted on the electronic key 80 in the second embodiment. The microphone 83 converts external sound into an electrical signal. The audio processing unit 84 processes the audio signal collected by the microphone 83 and converted into an electric signal into digital audio data and outputs the digital audio data to the control unit 81. The control unit 81 can recognize the content of the sound collected by the microphone 83 based on the sound data input from the sound processing unit 84.
 表示部85は、各種画像や情報を表示可能な表示デバイス(例えば液晶ディスプレイ)である。操作入力部86は、ユーザによる入力操作を受け付け可能な入力デバイスである。操作入力部86の具体的構成としては、例えば押しボタン式のスイッチが挙げられる。操作入力部86としてタッチパネルを備えていてもよい。 The display unit 85 is a display device (for example, a liquid crystal display) that can display various images and information. The operation input unit 86 is an input device that can accept an input operation by a user. A specific configuration of the operation input unit 86 includes, for example, a push button type switch. A touch panel may be provided as the operation input unit 86.
 制御部81は、図示しないCPU、ROM、RAM、I/Oなどを備えたマイクロコンピュータを含む。制御部81は、当該制御部81に接続されている各部を含む、電子キー80内の各種回路、機能ブロックを制御する。後述する電子キー制御処理(図15参照)は制御部81のCPUにより実行される。 The control unit 81 includes a microcomputer including a CPU, ROM, RAM, I / O, etc. (not shown). The control unit 81 controls various circuits and functional blocks in the electronic key 80 including each unit connected to the control unit 81. The electronic key control process (see FIG. 15) described later is executed by the CPU of the control unit 81.
 メモリ82は、記憶内容を電気的に書き換え可能な不揮発性メモリであり、本実施形態ではフラッシュメモリである。メモリ82には、各種のプログラムやデータが記憶されている。メモリ82に記憶されているデータには、車両操作メニューデータ82a、音声パターン82b、及びID情報82cが含まれる。 The memory 82 is a nonvolatile memory capable of electrically rewriting stored contents, and is a flash memory in this embodiment. The memory 82 stores various programs and data. The data stored in the memory 82 includes vehicle operation menu data 82a, a voice pattern 82b, and ID information 82c.
 ID情報82cは、第1実施形態の電子キー2におけるID情報52aと同じである。車両操作メニューデータ82aは、第1実施形態のスマートフォン3における車両操作メニューデータ32bと同じである。そのため、本第2実施形態では、電子キー80の表示部85に、図3で説明した操作メニュー画面48と同じように操作項目毎のアイコンが表示され、その中からユーザが所望の操作項目を選択することができる。音声パターン82bは、第1実施形態のスマートフォン3における音声パターン32cと同じである。 The ID information 82c is the same as the ID information 52a in the electronic key 2 of the first embodiment. The vehicle operation menu data 82a is the same as the vehicle operation menu data 32b in the smartphone 3 of the first embodiment. Therefore, in the second embodiment, an icon for each operation item is displayed on the display unit 85 of the electronic key 80 as in the operation menu screen 48 described with reference to FIG. 3, and the user can select a desired operation item from the icons. You can choose. The voice pattern 82b is the same as the voice pattern 32c in the smartphone 3 of the first embodiment.
 なお、本実施形態の電子キー80の表示部85は、第1実施形態のスマートフォン3の表示部33よりも表示領域の面積が小さい。そのため、表示部85に同時に表示可能なアイコンの数は、図3に示した操作メニュー画面48のアイコンの数よりも少ない。また、表示部85に表示させる情報(操作項目を選択させるための、操作項目毎の画像情報)は、必ずしもアイコンでなくてもよく、例えば操作項目を示すテキストであってもよい。ユーザが所望の操作項目を選択できる限り、どのような画像情報を表示部85に表示させるかについては適宜決めることができる。 In addition, the display part 85 of the electronic key 80 of this embodiment has a display area smaller than the display part 33 of the smart phone 3 of 1st Embodiment. Therefore, the number of icons that can be simultaneously displayed on the display unit 85 is smaller than the number of icons on the operation menu screen 48 shown in FIG. Further, the information to be displayed on the display unit 85 (image information for each operation item for selecting the operation item) is not necessarily an icon, and may be text indicating the operation item, for example. As long as the user can select a desired operation item, what kind of image information is displayed on the display unit 85 can be appropriately determined.
 このように、本第2実施形態の電子キー80は、送信部53及び受信部54による車両1との無線通信(即ちスマート通信)は可能であるが、それ以外の他の無線通信機能は備えていない。そのため、本第2実施形態において、電子キー80から車両1を遠隔操作できるのは、電子キー80と車両1がスマート通信にてデータ通信を実行できる場合、即ち電子キー80が車両1の各検知エリア400,500内に存在している場合である。 As described above, the electronic key 80 according to the second embodiment can perform wireless communication (that is, smart communication) with the vehicle 1 by the transmission unit 53 and the reception unit 54, but includes other wireless communication functions. Not. Therefore, in the second embodiment, the vehicle 1 can be remotely operated from the electronic key 80 when the electronic key 80 and the vehicle 1 can execute data communication by smart communication, that is, the electronic key 80 detects each vehicle 1. This is a case where they exist in the areas 400 and 500.
 このように構成された電子キー80において、制御部81が実行する電子キー制御処理について、図15を用いて説明する。電子キー80の制御部81は、図15に示す電子キー制御処理を所定の制御周期で繰り返し実行する。 An electronic key control process executed by the control unit 81 in the electronic key 80 configured as described above will be described with reference to FIG. The control unit 81 of the electronic key 80 repeatedly executes the electronic key control process shown in FIG. 15 at a predetermined control cycle.
 電子キー80の制御部81は、電子キー制御処理を開始すると、S302で、車両1からリクエスト信号を受信したか否か判断する。リクエスト信号を受信していない場合は(S302:NO)、電子キー制御処理を終了する。 When the electronic key control process is started, the control unit 81 of the electronic key 80 determines whether a request signal is received from the vehicle 1 in S302. If the request signal has not been received (S302: NO), the electronic key control process is terminated.
 車両1からリクエスト信号を受信した場合は(S302:YES)、S304で、表示部85に車両操作スタンバイ表示を行う。即ち、電子キー80から車両1を制御できる旨の表示を行う。S306では、ユーザによって音声入力要求操作がなされたか否か判断する。ユーザは、電子キー80から車両1を遠隔操作する際に、操作内容を操作入力部86を操作することによって指定(選択)するか、それとも音声にて指定するかを選択することができる。音声によって操作内容を指定したい場合には、操作入力部86を介して所定の音声入力要求操作を行うことで、音声による操作内容の指定を行うことができるようになる。 When the request signal is received from the vehicle 1 (S302: YES), the vehicle operation standby display is performed on the display unit 85 in S304. That is, a display indicating that the vehicle 1 can be controlled from the electronic key 80 is displayed. In S306, it is determined whether or not a voice input request operation has been performed by the user. When the user remotely operates the vehicle 1 from the electronic key 80, the user can select whether to specify (select) the operation content by operating the operation input unit 86 or to specify it by voice. When it is desired to specify the operation content by voice, the operation content can be specified by voice by performing a predetermined voice input request operation via the operation input unit 86.
 S306で、音声入力要求操作がなされていない場合は(S306:NO)、S308に進む。S308では、表示部85に操作メニューリストを表示する。操作メニューリストは、操作項目を示す情報画像(例えばアイコン又はテキスト)がリストアップされたものである。 In S306, if the voice input request operation is not performed (S306: NO), the process proceeds to S308. In S308, the operation menu list is displayed on the display unit 85. The operation menu list is a list of information images (for example, icons or text) indicating operation items.
 S310では、S308でリストアップされた各操作項目の中から特定の操作項目の選択入力がなされたか否か判断する。操作項目の選択入力がなされていない場合は(S310:NO)、S306に戻る。操作項目の選択入力がなされた場合は(S310:YES)、S312に進む。S312では、選択された操作項目に対応した操作コマンドを生成して、S314に進む。 In S310, it is determined whether or not a specific operation item is selected and input from among the operation items listed in S308. When the selection input of the operation item has not been made (S310: NO), the process returns to S306. If an operation item selection input has been made (S310: YES), the process proceeds to S312. In S312, an operation command corresponding to the selected operation item is generated, and the process proceeds to S314.
 S306で、音声入力要求操作がなされた場合は(S306:YES)、S316に進む。S316では、マイク83による音声入力をスタンバイ状態に設定する。つまり、音声の入力及び認識を実行可能な状態とする。S318では、マイク83から音声が入力されたか否か判断する。音声が入力されていない場合は(S318:NO)、S320で、S316で音声入力がスタンバイ状態に設定されてから一定時間経過したか否か判断する。一定時間経過していない場合はS318に戻り、一定時間経過した場合はS302に戻る。 If a voice input request operation is performed in S306 (S306: YES), the process proceeds to S316. In S316, the voice input by the microphone 83 is set to the standby state. That is, it is in a state where voice input and recognition can be executed. In S318, it is determined whether or not sound is input from the microphone 83. If no voice is input (S318: NO), in S320, it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the voice input was set in the standby state in S316. If the fixed time has not elapsed, the process returns to S318, and if the fixed time has elapsed, the process returns to S302.
 S318で、音声が入力された場合は(S318:YES)、S322で、マイク83に入力されたユーザの音声に基づき、ユーザが規定の音声パターンに対応した言葉を喋ったかを判断する。この判断は、ユーザが喋った言葉がメモリ82に音声パターン82bとして記憶されている言葉の何れかと一致するか否かを判断することにより行う。そして、規定の音声パターンに対応した言葉をユーザが喋った場合にその音声パターンを認識する。 If a voice is input in S318 (S318: YES), it is determined in S322 whether the user has spoken a word corresponding to a prescribed voice pattern based on the voice of the user input to the microphone 83. This determination is made by determining whether or not the word spoken by the user matches any of the words stored in the memory 82 as the voice pattern 82b. When the user speaks a word corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern, the voice pattern is recognized.
 S324では、S322で認識した規定の音声パターンに対応した操作内容を表示部85に表示する。S326では、S322で認識した規定の音声パターンに対応した操作コマンドを生成する。S326の後はS314に進む。S314では、S312又はS326で生成した操作コマンドと、ユーザIDとを、スマート通信にて車両1へ送信する。 In S324, the operation content corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern recognized in S322 is displayed on the display unit 85. In S326, an operation command corresponding to the prescribed voice pattern recognized in S322 is generated. After S326, the process proceeds to S314. In S314, the operation command generated in S312 or S326 and the user ID are transmitted to the vehicle 1 by smart communication.
 一方、車両1では、本第2実施形態においても、図11に示した遠隔制御処理が実行される。そのため、電子キー80から送信された操作コマンド及びユーザIDが車両1で受信されると、車両1では、図11に示した遠隔制御処理に従って処理が実行され、操作コマンドにて指定された操作内容が実行される。ただし、第1実施形態と同様、ユーザID照合が一致しなかった場合には指定操作は実行されない。また、第1実施形態と同様、機能制限確認処理(図11のS166)にて指定操作が禁止又は制限されている場合には、その指定操作は実行されないか又は制限された範囲内で実行される。なお、本第2実施形態における機能制限確認処理では、電子キー80と車両1との二者間の位置関係に応じて、電子キー80から要求された操作内容の機能が禁止又は制限される。 On the other hand, in the vehicle 1, the remote control process shown in FIG. 11 is executed also in the second embodiment. Therefore, when the operation command and the user ID transmitted from the electronic key 80 are received by the vehicle 1, the vehicle 1 performs processing according to the remote control process shown in FIG. 11, and the operation content specified by the operation command. Is executed. However, as in the first embodiment, the designation operation is not executed when the user ID verification does not match. Similarly to the first embodiment, when the designated operation is prohibited or restricted in the function restriction confirmation process (S166 in FIG. 11), the designated operation is not executed or executed within the restricted range. The In the function restriction confirmation process in the second embodiment, the function of the operation content requested from the electronic key 80 is prohibited or restricted according to the positional relationship between the electronic key 80 and the vehicle 1.
 以上説明した本第2実施形態の車両制御システムによれば、次の効果が得られる。
 (a)ユーザは、電子キー80を操作することで、電子キー80から車両1を遠隔制御することができる。これにより、ユーザは、車両1に乗車することなく、車両1の各部の動作を確認することができる。
According to the vehicle control system of the second embodiment described above, the following effects can be obtained.
(A) The user can remotely control the vehicle 1 from the electronic key 80 by operating the electronic key 80. Thereby, the user can check the operation of each part of the vehicle 1 without getting on the vehicle 1.
 (b)ユーザは、車両1に対する操作項目を、様々な方法で電子キー80に入力することができる。具体的には、表示部85に操作メニューリストを表示させてその中から操作項目を指定できる。また、所望の操作項目に対応した言葉をマイク83に向かって喋ることによっても、その所望の操作項目を指定できる。そのため、ユーザは、電子キー80に対して喋りながら車両1を移動させたり車両1の各部を動作させたりすることができる。なお、電子キー80にカメラを搭載して、第1実施形態と同様、ジェスチャーによって操作項目を指定できるようにしてもよい。 (B) The user can input operation items for the vehicle 1 to the electronic key 80 by various methods. Specifically, an operation menu list can be displayed on the display unit 85, and an operation item can be designated from the list. The desired operation item can also be specified by speaking a word corresponding to the desired operation item toward the microphone 83. Therefore, the user can move the vehicle 1 while operating the electronic key 80 or operate each part of the vehicle 1. It should be noted that a camera may be mounted on the electronic key 80 so that operation items can be designated by gestures as in the first embodiment.
 [他の実施形態]
 (1)第1実施形態では、スマートフォン3から電子キー2経由で車両1を操作可能な車両制御システムを示したが、スマートフォン3から電子キー2を中継することなく直接車両1を操作できるようにしてもよい。
[Other Embodiments]
(1) In 1st Embodiment, although the vehicle control system which can operate the vehicle 1 via the electronic key 2 from the smart phone 3 was shown, it enables it to operate the vehicle 1 directly, without relaying the electronic key 2 from the smart phone 3. May be.
 具体的には、図7に示したスマートフォン3の車両操作アプリ32aのフローチャートにおいて、S14では電子キー2に代えて車両1へ認証要求信号を送信し、S16では、車両1から操作許可信号を受信したか否か判断するようにしてもよい。そして、S16で車両1から操作許可信号を受信したと判断した場合は、スマートフォン3は、図15のS304以降の処理を実行するようにしてもよい。なおその場合、S314では、スマート通信ではなく例えば第1通信或いは他の通信方式にて操作コマンド及びユーザIDを車両1へ送信するようにしてもよい。 Specifically, in the flowchart of the vehicle operation application 32a of the smartphone 3 shown in FIG. 7, an authentication request signal is transmitted to the vehicle 1 instead of the electronic key 2 in S14, and an operation permission signal is received from the vehicle 1 in S16. It may be determined whether or not it has been done. And when it is judged that the operation permission signal was received from the vehicle 1 in S16, the smart phone 3 may be made to perform the process after S304 of FIG. In this case, in S314, the operation command and the user ID may be transmitted to the vehicle 1 by the first communication or another communication method instead of the smart communication.
 そして、車両1においては、スマートフォン3から送信された操作コマンド及びユーザIDを受信した場合、まず、ユーザIDに基づくユーザ認証を行うようにしてもよい。そして、ユーザ認証の結果、正規ユーザからの操作コマンドであると判断した場合に、操作コマンドが示す操作項目を実行するようにしてもよい。また、ユーザ認証に失敗した場合は、スマートフォン3へ操作拒否信号を送信して、スマートフォン3からの遠隔操作を受け付けられない旨を知らせるようにしてもよい。 And in the vehicle 1, when the operation command and user ID which were transmitted from the smart phone 3 are received, you may make it perform user authentication based on user ID first. Then, when it is determined that the operation command is from the authorized user as a result of the user authentication, the operation item indicated by the operation command may be executed. When user authentication fails, an operation refusal signal may be transmitted to the smartphone 3 to notify that the remote operation from the smartphone 3 cannot be accepted.
 スマートフォンから電子キーを中継することなく直接車両1を操作可能な構成例として、例えば、図14に示した第2実施形態の電子キー80の構成及び機能のうちの一部又は全てをスマートフォンに持たせる構成を採用してもよい。 As a configuration example in which the vehicle 1 can be directly operated without relaying the electronic key from the smartphone, for example, the smartphone has a part or all of the configuration and functions of the electronic key 80 of the second embodiment illustrated in FIG. A configuration may be adopted.
 (2)第2実施形態において、電子キー80は、無線通信機能として従来の電子キーと同じスマート通信機能のみ備えた構成であったが、スマート通信以外の他の方式の無線通信を可能な構成としてもよい。例えば、スマート通信のほかに第1実施形態で説明した第1通信、第2通信、又はBT通信、或いはその他の通信方式の無線通信などのうち少なくとも1つの通信機能を備えていてもよい。 (2) In the second embodiment, the electronic key 80 has a configuration including only the same smart communication function as a conventional electronic key as a wireless communication function, but a configuration capable of wireless communication of a method other than smart communication. It is good. For example, in addition to the smart communication, at least one communication function of the first communication, the second communication, or the BT communication described in the first embodiment, or wireless communication using another communication method may be provided.
 そして、スマート通信以外の他の通信方式の無線通信機能を備えることで、電子キー80が車両1の検知エリア外に存在していても、電子キー80から車両1を遠隔操作できるようにしてもよい。 By providing a wireless communication function of a communication method other than smart communication, the vehicle 1 can be remotely operated from the electronic key 80 even when the electronic key 80 exists outside the detection area of the vehicle 1. Good.
 (3)第2実施形態において、電子キー80から車両1を遠隔制御する際、第1実施形態のスマートフォン3と同様に、指紋、音声、又は顔画像に基づいてユーザの認証を行うようにしてもよい。 (3) In the second embodiment, when the vehicle 1 is remotely controlled from the electronic key 80, the user is authenticated based on the fingerprint, the voice, or the face image, like the smartphone 3 of the first embodiment. Also good.
 (4)車両操作メニューデータ32bの内容、即ち車両1に対する遠隔制御可能な内容として、図3に示した複数の操作項目は、あくまでも一例である。遠隔制御可能な操作項目の内容は、適宜決めることができる。 (4) As the contents of the vehicle operation menu data 32b, that is, the contents that can be remotely controlled with respect to the vehicle 1, the plurality of operation items shown in FIG. 3 are merely examples. The contents of the operation items that can be remotely controlled can be determined as appropriate.
 (5)スマートフォン3、電子キー2、及び車両1のそれぞれにおいて実行可能な無線通信の方式は適宜決めることができる。また、スマートフォン3と電子キー2との二者間通信、電子キー2と車両1との二者間通信をそれぞれどの通信方式を用いて行うかについても、適宜決めることができる。 (5) The wireless communication method executable in each of the smartphone 3, the electronic key 2, and the vehicle 1 can be determined as appropriate. In addition, it is possible to appropriately determine which communication method is used for the two-party communication between the smartphone 3 and the electronic key 2 and the two-party communication between the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1.
 (6)第1実施形態において、電子キー2とスマートフォン3とのBT通信におけるペアリング情報を用いて、スマートフォン3のユーザを車両1が認識できるようにしてもよい。即ち、電子キー2にてスマートフォン3から操作指令が受信された際、電子キー2がスマートフォン3との間でBT通信を試み、BT通信が可能な場合は、両者間のペアリング情報に基づいてスマートフォン3のユーザ情報を取得する。そして、電子キー2は、車両1へ操作コマンドを送信する際、取得したユーザ情報も付加して送信する。 (6) In the first embodiment, the vehicle 1 may recognize the user of the smartphone 3 using the pairing information in the BT communication between the electronic key 2 and the smartphone 3. That is, when an operation command is received from the smartphone 3 with the electronic key 2, the electronic key 2 attempts BT communication with the smartphone 3, and if BT communication is possible, based on pairing information between the two User information of the smartphone 3 is acquired. And when the electronic key 2 transmits an operation command to the vehicle 1, the acquired user information is also added and transmitted.
 これにより、車両1は、どのユーザから遠隔操作の要求がなされたかを認識することができ、ユーザ毎に異なる制御を実行することが可能となる。例えば、ユーザに応じて機能制限をかけたり、逆にユーザに応じて機能を拡張したりすることができる。また、同じ機能であってもユーザ毎に細かい内容を異ならせることができる。 Thus, the vehicle 1 can recognize from which user the remote operation request has been made, and can execute different control for each user. For example, the function can be restricted according to the user, or the function can be expanded according to the user. Moreover, even if it is the same function, a fine content can be varied for every user.
 (7)車両にカメラ又はマイクを搭載して、車両外部からユーザがその車載カメラに対してジェスチャーを示すか又は車載マイクに喋りかけることで、車両に対する操作を指示できるようにしてもよい。 (7) A camera or a microphone may be mounted on the vehicle, and the user may be able to instruct an operation on the vehicle by showing a gesture with respect to the in-vehicle camera or leaning on the in-vehicle microphone from the outside of the vehicle.
 その際、まずユーザがスマートフォン3を操作して車両外部から車両を遠隔操作する旨を示す遠隔操作開始情報を車両1に対して直接又は電子キー2を中継して、車両1へ送信するようにし、車両1はその遠隔操作開始情報を受信した場合に、遠隔操作を受け付けるべく、車載カメラ又は車載マイクを起動させるようにしてもよい。或いは、スマートフォン3を介在させず電子キー2を操作することで電子キー2から車両1へ遠隔操作開始情報を送信するようにしてもよい。 At this time, first, the user operates the smartphone 3 to transmit remote operation start information indicating that the vehicle is remotely operated from the outside of the vehicle to the vehicle 1 directly or via the electronic key 2. When the vehicle 1 receives the remote operation start information, the vehicle 1 may activate an in-vehicle camera or an in-vehicle microphone to accept the remote operation. Or you may make it transmit remote operation start information from the electronic key 2 to the vehicle 1 by operating the electronic key 2 without interposing the smart phone 3.
 電子キー2は、車両1とスマート通信にて無線通信が可能な場合にのみ、遠隔操作開始情報を車両1へ送信するようにしてもよいし、車両1とスマート通信ができない場合には第2通信にて車両1へ遠隔操作開始情報を送信するようにしてもよい。 The electronic key 2 may transmit the remote operation start information to the vehicle 1 only when wireless communication with the vehicle 1 is possible by smart communication. You may make it transmit remote operation start information to the vehicle 1 by communication.
 車両1は、受け付け可能な操作項目に対応したジェスチャー及び音声を予めメモリに登録しておき、車載カメラ又は車載マイクにて入力されたジェスチャー又は音声がメモリに記憶されているものである場合に、そのジェスチャー又は音声に対応した処理を実行するようにしてもよい。 When the vehicle 1 is one in which gestures and voices corresponding to receivable operation items are registered in the memory in advance, and gestures or voices input by the in-vehicle camera or in-vehicle microphone are stored in the memory, You may make it perform the process corresponding to the gesture or an audio | voice.
 このような構成により、車両1のユーザは、車両1の運転を終えて車両1から降りた後、例えば車両1をもう少し後ろに(或いは前に)動かしたいと思った場合、車両1に対して「微速後進」(或いは「微速前進」)を示すジェスチャーを示すか又は音声を発することで、車両1に再び乗り込むことなく車両1を動かすことができる。しかも、車外から遠隔操作できることで、車両1とその周囲との相対的位置関係を確認しながら車両1を適切に動かすことができる。 With such a configuration, after the user of the vehicle 1 finishes driving the vehicle 1 and gets out of the vehicle 1, for example, when he / she wants to move the vehicle 1 back (or forward), By showing a gesture indicating “slow reverse” (or “slow forward”) or producing a sound, the vehicle 1 can be moved without getting into the vehicle 1 again. Moreover, since the remote operation can be performed from outside the vehicle, the vehicle 1 can be appropriately moved while confirming the relative positional relationship between the vehicle 1 and its surroundings.
 さらに、電子キー2と車両1との相対的位置関係をリアルタイムに検出する機能を設け、車両1が電子キー2に追従して移動できるようにしてもよい。例えば、車両1の前方に電子キー2を持って行って、車両1を微速前進させる指令を出すと、車両1が自動的に電子キー2に向かって走行を始める。そして、電子キー2との距離が所定距離以内になると自動で停止する。その後ユーザが電子キー2を車両1から離すと、車両1は再び電子キー2に向かって走行を始める。後進の場合も同様である。 Furthermore, a function of detecting the relative positional relationship between the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1 in real time may be provided so that the vehicle 1 can move following the electronic key 2. For example, when the electronic key 2 is held in front of the vehicle 1 and a command to advance the vehicle 1 at a low speed is issued, the vehicle 1 automatically starts traveling toward the electronic key 2. Then, when the distance from the electronic key 2 falls within a predetermined distance, it automatically stops. Thereafter, when the user releases the electronic key 2 from the vehicle 1, the vehicle 1 starts running again toward the electronic key 2. The same applies to the reverse.
 本構成の場合も、電子キー2と車両1との間で認証を行って、認証が成功した場合に、車両1を遠隔操作できるようにしてもよい。また、スマートフォン3、電子キー2、及び車両1の3者間で認証を行って、認証が成功した場合に、車両1を遠隔操作できるようにしてもよい。 Also in the case of this configuration, authentication may be performed between the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1, and the vehicle 1 may be remotely operated when the authentication is successful. Further, authentication may be performed among the three parties of the smartphone 3, the electronic key 2, and the vehicle 1, and the vehicle 1 may be remotely operated when the authentication is successful.
 (8)ユーザが車両1に乗って運転している間、その運転中の各種情報を学習情報として収集して、ユーザが降車する際にその学習情報をユーザのスマートフォン3に転送するようにしてもよい。そして、ユーザが再び車両1に乗ったとき、或いは車両1以外の他の車両1に乗ったときに、スマートフォン3に記憶されている学習情報をその乗り込んだ車両に送信して、学習情報を反映させるようにしてもよい。 (8) While the user is driving on the vehicle 1, various information during the operation is collected as learning information, and when the user gets off, the learning information is transferred to the user's smartphone 3. Also good. When the user gets on the vehicle 1 again or gets on another vehicle 1 other than the vehicle 1, the learning information stored in the smartphone 3 is transmitted to the vehicle on which the user has boarded to reflect the learning information. You may make it make it.
 学習情報としては、例えば、ユーザにより調整されたシートポジションやステアリングポジション、ルームミラーの角度、ドアミラーの角度、オーディオ装置の操作内容などが挙げられる。 Learning information includes, for example, the seat position and steering position adjusted by the user, the angle of the rearview mirror, the angle of the door mirror, and the operation content of the audio device.
 このような機能は、例えば、1つの車両を多数のユーザで共有するいわゆるカーシェアリングサービスなどに適用すると便利である。ユーザは、自分が運転していたときの各種情報を学習情報としてスマートフォン3に取り込んでおき、再び運転する際にその学習情報を車両に展開することで、自分の好みにあったセッティングを自動的且つ迅速に実現することができる。つまり、他のユーザに共有される車両でありながら、あたかも自分のみが使用している車両であるかのように車両を感じ、扱うことができる。 Such a function is convenient when applied to, for example, a so-called car sharing service in which one vehicle is shared by many users. The user automatically captures various information when he / she was driving into the smartphone 3 as learning information, and deploys the learning information to the vehicle when driving again to automatically set the settings according to his / her preference. And it can be realized quickly. That is, while being a vehicle shared by other users, the vehicle can be felt and treated as if it were a vehicle used only by itself.
 (9)スマートフォン3と車両1が直接通信可能な場合、車両1から適宜、スマートフォン3へ情報を発信するようにしてもよい。例えば、電子キー2が車両1の検知エリア400,500から離れた場合に、車両1のドアが開いていたり、全ドアがロックされていなかったり、特定の電装品(例えばヘッドライト、室内灯など)が動作中であったり、異常な挙動が検知されたりした場合に、その旨をスマートフォン3に通知するようにしてもよい。また、例えば車両1が走行用駆動源としてモータを備えた車両であって、モータ駆動用のバッテリを外部から充電可能な場合、充電が完了したらその旨をスマートフォン3に通知するようにしてもよい。 (9) When the smartphone 3 and the vehicle 1 can communicate directly, information may be transmitted from the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 as appropriate. For example, when the electronic key 2 moves away from the detection areas 400 and 500 of the vehicle 1, the door of the vehicle 1 is open, all the doors are not locked, or certain electrical components (for example, headlights, room lights, etc.) ) Is in operation or when an abnormal behavior is detected, the fact may be notified to the smartphone 3. Further, for example, when the vehicle 1 is a vehicle including a motor as a driving source for driving and the battery for driving the motor can be charged from the outside, the smartphone 3 may be notified when the charging is completed. .
 車両1からスマートフォン3への情報発信のより具体的な例を、図16及び図17を用いて説明する。図16及び図17に示す例は、車両1の位置情報をスマートフォン3へ通知したり、車両1において異常発生が検知された場合にその旨をスマートフォン3へ通知したりすることが可能な例である。 A more specific example of information transmission from the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 and 17. The example illustrated in FIGS. 16 and 17 is an example in which the position information of the vehicle 1 can be notified to the smartphone 3 or when the occurrence of an abnormality is detected in the vehicle 1, that fact can be notified to the smartphone 3. is there.
 車両1の制御部10は、図16の車両情報通知処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。また、スマートフォン3の制御部31は、図17の車両情報表示処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。 The control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 repeatedly executes the vehicle information notification process of FIG. 16 at a predetermined cycle. Moreover, the control part 31 of the smart phone 3 repeatedly performs the vehicle information display process of FIG. 17 with a predetermined period.
 まず、図16の車両情報通知処理について説明する。なお、前提として、上記各実施形態と同様、車両1の各送信機4,5からは、スマート通信にて周期的にリクエスト信号が送信される。 First, the vehicle information notification process in FIG. 16 will be described. As a premise, similarly to the above-described embodiments, request signals are periodically transmitted from the transmitters 4 and 5 of the vehicle 1 by smart communication.
 車両1の制御部10は、図16の車両情報通知処理を開始すると、S404で、リクエスト信号に対する電子キー2からの応答信号を受信したか否か判断する。応答信号を受信していない場合は(S404:NO)、S416に進む。応答信号を受信した場合は(S404:YES)、S406に進む。 When the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 starts the vehicle information notification process of FIG. 16, in S404, it determines whether or not a response signal from the electronic key 2 to the request signal has been received. When the response signal has not been received (S404: NO), the process proceeds to S416. When the response signal is received (S404: YES), the process proceeds to S406.
 S406では、電子キー2の操作によって、或いはスマートフォン3から電子キー2経由での操作指令によって、ドアロックの開閉操作がなされたか否か判断する。ドアロックの開閉動作がなされていない場合は(S406:NO)、S404に戻る。ドアロックの開閉操作がなされた場合は(S406:YES)、S408に進む。 In S406, it is determined whether the door lock opening / closing operation has been performed by the operation of the electronic key 2 or the operation command via the electronic key 2 from the smartphone 3. If the door lock is not opened or closed (S406: NO), the process returns to S404. When the door lock opening / closing operation is performed (S406: YES), the process proceeds to S408.
 S408では、S404と同様、リクエスト信号に対する電子キー2からの応答信号を受信したか否か判断する。応答信号を受信している間はこの判断を繰り返す。応答信号を受信しなくなった場合は(S408:NO)、S410に進む。 In S408, as in S404, it is determined whether or not a response signal from the electronic key 2 to the request signal has been received. This determination is repeated while the response signal is received. If no response signal is received (S408: NO), the process proceeds to S410.
 S410では、ドアロックが全閉されているか否か、即ち全てのドア15のドアロックが閉じられているか否か判断する。ドアロックが全閉されていない場合は(S410:NO)、S416に進む。ドアロックが全閉されている場合は(S410:YES)、S412に進む。S410でドアロックが全閉されていると判断されたということは、即ち、一旦電子キー2が車両1の検知エリア内に入ってきて電子キー2経由でドアロックの開閉操作が行われ、その後、ドアロックが全閉された状態で電子キー2が車両1の検知エリアから離れたということである。そのような状況は、例えば、車両1のユーザが車両1を駐車場に駐車させて車両1から離れて行った場合に生じ得る。 In S410, it is determined whether or not the door lock is fully closed, that is, whether or not the door locks of all the doors 15 are closed. If the door lock is not fully closed (S410: NO), the process proceeds to S416. When the door lock is fully closed (S410: YES), the process proceeds to S412. If it is determined in S410 that the door lock is fully closed, that is, the electronic key 2 once enters the detection area of the vehicle 1, and the door lock is opened and closed via the electronic key 2, and thereafter This means that the electronic key 2 has left the detection area of the vehicle 1 with the door lock fully closed. Such a situation may occur, for example, when the user of the vehicle 1 parks the vehicle 1 in a parking lot and goes away from the vehicle 1.
 S412では、GPS受信部9で受信された情報をもとに車両位置情報(車両1の現在位置を示す情報)を取得する。S414では、S412で取得した車両位置情報を、スマートフォン3へ第1通信にて送信する。これにより、スマートフォン3のユーザは、例えば駐車場に車両1を駐車させて車両1から離れていっても、車両1がどこに駐車されているのかを、車両1から送信される車両位置情報に基づいて容易に知ることができる。 In S412, vehicle position information (information indicating the current position of the vehicle 1) is acquired based on the information received by the GPS receiver 9. In S414, the vehicle position information acquired in S412 is transmitted to the smartphone 3 by the first communication. Thereby, even if the user of the smart phone 3 parks the vehicle 1 in a parking lot and leaves | separates from the vehicle 1, it is based on the vehicle position information transmitted from the vehicle 1 where the vehicle 1 is parked. Can be easily known.
 S416では、車両1において異常が検知されたか否か判断する。車両1においては、各種の異常を検知する機能が備えられている。例えば、車両1には、加速度センサ或いは振動センサなどの、車両1に対する外部からの衝撃を検知可能なセンサが搭載されている。車両1の制御部10は、そのセンサからの検出信号に基づいて、車両1に対する外部からの衝撃の有無を検知し、衝撃を検知した場合は、車両1に対するいたずらや盗難などの不正行為がなされた可能性があると判断して、異常発生を検知する。また、車室内カメラ24を定期的に動作させてその撮影画像を解析し、例えば車室内の侵入者を検知したり、車両周辺の不審人物(例えば車室内をのぞき込んでいる人物)を検知したりした場合にも、異常が発生していると判断してもよい。その他、例えば車載バッテリの電圧低下やオイル漏れなどの車両1の機能上の異常を検知可能であってもよい。 In S416, it is determined whether or not an abnormality is detected in the vehicle 1. The vehicle 1 has a function of detecting various abnormalities. For example, the vehicle 1 is equipped with a sensor that can detect an external impact on the vehicle 1 such as an acceleration sensor or a vibration sensor. Based on the detection signal from the sensor, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 1 detects the presence or absence of an external impact on the vehicle 1, and if an impact is detected, an illegal act such as mischief or theft of the vehicle 1 is performed. The occurrence of an abnormality is detected. Further, the vehicle interior camera 24 is periodically operated to analyze the captured image, for example, to detect an intruder in the vehicle interior, or to detect a suspicious person around the vehicle (for example, a person looking into the vehicle interior). In this case, it may be determined that an abnormality has occurred. In addition, for example, it may be possible to detect an abnormality in the function of the vehicle 1 such as a voltage drop of an in-vehicle battery or an oil leak.
 S416で、車両1の異常が検知されていない場合は(S416:NO)、車両情報通知処理を終了する。車両1の異常が検知された場合は(S416:YES)、S418に進む。S418では、車両1において異常が検知されたこと及びその検知された異常の内容を示す異常情報を、第1通信にてスマートフォン3へ送信する。 If the abnormality of the vehicle 1 is not detected in S416 (S416: NO), the vehicle information notification process is terminated. When an abnormality of the vehicle 1 is detected (S416: YES), the process proceeds to S418. In S418, the abnormality information indicating that the abnormality is detected in the vehicle 1 and the content of the detected abnormality is transmitted to the smartphone 3 by the first communication.
 次に、図17の車両情報表示処理について説明する。スマートフォン3の制御部31は、図17の車両情報表示処理を開始すると、S452で、第1通信にて車両1からデータを受信したか否か判断する。車両1からデータを受信していない場合は(S452:NO)、S464で、車両位置情報を表示させるための所定のユーザ操作がなされたか否か判断する。車両位置情報を表示させるための所定のユーザ操作がなされていない場合は(S464:NO)、車両情報表示処理を終了する。車両位置情報を表示させるための所定のユーザ操作がなされた場合は(S464:YES)、S466に進む。 Next, the vehicle information display process in FIG. 17 will be described. When the vehicle information display process of FIG. 17 is started, the control unit 31 of the smartphone 3 determines whether data is received from the vehicle 1 in the first communication in S452. If data has not been received from the vehicle 1 (S452: NO), it is determined in S464 whether or not a predetermined user operation for displaying vehicle position information has been performed. When the predetermined user operation for displaying the vehicle position information is not performed (S464: NO), the vehicle information display process is ended. When a predetermined user operation for displaying the vehicle position information is performed (S464: YES), the process proceeds to S466.
 S466では、メモリ32に記憶されている車両位置情報を表示部26に表示させる。これにより、ユーザは、車両1の位置を確認することができる。
 S452で、車両1からデータを受信した場合は(S452:YES)、S454で、車両位置情報を受信したか否か(即ち受信したデータに車両位置情報が含まれているか否か)判断する。車両位置情報を受信した場合は(S454:YES)、S456で、受信した車両位置情報をメモリ32に記憶する。
In S466, the vehicle position information stored in the memory 32 is displayed on the display unit 26. Thereby, the user can confirm the position of the vehicle 1.
If data is received from the vehicle 1 in S452 (S452: YES), it is determined in S454 whether vehicle position information has been received (that is, whether the received data includes vehicle position information). When the vehicle position information is received (S454: YES), the received vehicle position information is stored in the memory 32 in S456.
 車両1から受信したデータに車両位置情報が含まれていない場合は(S454:NO)、S458で、異常情報を受信したか否か(即ち受信したデータに異常情報が含まれているか否か)判断する。異常情報を受信した場合は(S458:YES)、S460で、受信した異常情報を表示部26に表示させる。これにより、ユーザは、車両1において異常が検知されたこと及びその異常の内容を知ることができる。 If the vehicle position information is not included in the data received from the vehicle 1 (S454: NO), whether or not abnormality information is received in S458 (that is, whether or not the received data includes abnormality information). to decide. When the abnormality information is received (S458: YES), the received abnormality information is displayed on the display unit 26 in S460. Thereby, the user can know that abnormality is detected in the vehicle 1 and the content of the abnormality.
 車両1から受信したデータに異常情報が含まれていない場合は(S458:NO)、S462で、受信したデータに基づく所定の受信対応処理を行う。
 (10)車両1からスマートフォン3へ提供可能な各種情報の種類は、図3を用いて説明した各情報に限定されない。図3を用いて説明した各情報のほか、例えば、車両1の総走行距離、バッテリ残量、燃料残量、エンジンオイルやその他の各種オイルを交換した日の情報、そのオイル交換時の車両1の総走行距離など、各種の情報を、車両情報としてスマートフォン3へ提供可能であってもよい。
When the abnormality information is not included in the data received from the vehicle 1 (S458: NO), a predetermined reception handling process based on the received data is performed in S462.
(10) The types of various information that can be provided from the vehicle 1 to the smartphone 3 are not limited to the information described with reference to FIG. In addition to the information described with reference to FIG. 3, for example, the total travel distance of the vehicle 1, the remaining battery level, the remaining fuel level, information on the date when the engine oil and other various oils were changed, and the vehicle 1 at the time of the oil change Various information such as the total travel distance may be provided to the smartphone 3 as vehicle information.
 そして、その車両情報を、特定のタイミングで車両1から直接又は電子キー2経由でスマートフォン3へ提供可能であってもよい。電子キー2経由で車両情報を提供可能な場合は、車両情報だけでなく、電子キー2の情報(例えば電子キー2の電池残量)も合わせてスマートフォン3へ提供可能であってもよい。 The vehicle information may be provided to the smartphone 3 directly from the vehicle 1 or via the electronic key 2 at a specific timing. When the vehicle information can be provided via the electronic key 2, not only the vehicle information but also the information on the electronic key 2 (for example, the remaining battery level of the electronic key 2) may be provided to the smartphone 3.
 上述した、スマートフォン3への各種情報の提供機能のより具体的な例を、図18及び図9を用いて説明する。電子キー2の制御部51は、図18のシステム情報送信処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。また、スマートフォン3の制御部31は、図19のシステム状態通知処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。 A more specific example of the above-described function for providing various information to the smartphone 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. The control unit 51 of the electronic key 2 repeatedly executes the system information transmission process of FIG. 18 at a predetermined cycle. Moreover, the control part 31 of the smart phone 3 repeatedly performs the system state notification process of FIG. 19 with a predetermined period.
 まず、図18のシステム情報送信処理について説明する。なお、車両1は、電子キー2からの車両情報要求に対して、当該車両1内における上述した車両情報を電子キー2へ送信可能に構成されている。 First, the system information transmission process of FIG. 18 will be described. The vehicle 1 is configured to be able to transmit the above-described vehicle information in the vehicle 1 to the electronic key 2 in response to a vehicle information request from the electronic key 2.
 電子キー2の制御部51は、図18のシステム情報送信処理を開始すると、S552で、車両1からリクエスト信号を受信したか否か判断する。リクエスト信号を受信した場合は(S552:YES)、S560で、情報通知フラグがセットされているか否か判断する。情報通知フラグは、リクエスト信号が継続して受信されている期間中に一度だけシステム情報(詳細は後述)をスマートフォン3へ送信するために用いられるフラグであり、S568でセットされ、S558でクリアされる。 When the control unit 51 of the electronic key 2 starts the system information transmission process of FIG. 18, it determines whether or not a request signal has been received from the vehicle 1 in S552. When the request signal is received (S552: YES), it is determined in S560 whether or not the information notification flag is set. The information notification flag is a flag used to transmit the system information (details will be described later) to the smartphone 3 only once during the period in which the request signal is continuously received, and is set in S568 and cleared in S558. The
 S560で、既に情報通知フラグがセットされている場合は(S560:YES)、システム情報送信処理を終了する。情報通知フラグがセットされていない場合は(S560:NO)、S562で、車両1に対して第1通信又は第2通信で車両情報を要求し、その要求に対する車両1からの車両情報を第1通信又は第2通信で取得する。 If the information notification flag is already set in S560 (S560: YES), the system information transmission process is terminated. When the information notification flag is not set (S560: NO), in S562, the vehicle information is requested from the vehicle 1 by the first communication or the second communication, and the vehicle information from the vehicle 1 corresponding to the request is the first information. Acquired by communication or second communication.
 S564では、電子キー2の電池残量を検出する。電子キー2は、バッテリ40の電圧やバッテリ40からの充放電履歴を定期的に監視し、それら監視結果に基づいて電池残量を検出可能に構成されている。 In S564, the remaining battery level of the electronic key 2 is detected. The electronic key 2 is configured to periodically monitor the voltage of the battery 40 and the charge / discharge history from the battery 40 and detect the remaining battery level based on the monitoring results.
 S566では、S562で取得した車両情報、及びS564で検出した電池残量を含む情報を、車両1及び電子キー2の状態を示すシステム情報として、第1通信にてスマートフォン3へ送信する。そして、S568で情報通知フラグをセットして、システム情報送信処理を終了する。 In S566, the vehicle information acquired in S562 and the information including the remaining battery level detected in S564 are transmitted to the smartphone 3 through the first communication as system information indicating the state of the vehicle 1 and the electronic key 2. In step S568, the information notification flag is set, and the system information transmission process is terminated.
 S552で、車両1からリクエスト信号を受信していない場合は(S552:NO)、S554で、情報通知フラグがクリアされているか否か判断する。情報通知フラグがクリアされている場合は(S554:YES)、システム情報送信処理を終了する。情報通知フラグがセットされている場合は(S554:NO)、S556に進む。 If the request signal is not received from the vehicle 1 at S552 (S552: NO), it is determined at S554 whether the information notification flag is cleared. If the information notification flag is cleared (S554: YES), the system information transmission process is terminated. When the information notification flag is set (S554: NO), the process proceeds to S556.
 S556では、車両1からリクエスト信号を一定期間以上継続して受信していない状態か否か判断する。リクエスト信号が受信されなくなってからまだ一定期間以上経過していない場合は(S556:NO)、システム情報送信処理を終了する。リクエスト信号が受信されなくなってから一定期間以上経過した場合は(S556:YES)、S558で、情報通知フラグをクリアして、システム情報送信処理を終了する。 In S556, it is determined whether or not the request signal is continuously received from the vehicle 1 for a certain period or more. If a certain period of time has not passed since the request signal is not received (S556: NO), the system information transmission process is terminated. If a certain period of time has elapsed after the request signal is no longer received (S556: YES), the information notification flag is cleared in S558, and the system information transmission process ends.
 次に、図19のシステム状態通知処理について説明する。スマートフォン3の制御部31は、図19のシステム状態通知処理を開始すると、S502で、第1通信にて電子キー2からシステム情報を受信したか否か判断する。システム情報を受信していない場合は(S502:NO)、S512に進む。システム情報を受信した場合は(S502:YES)、S504で、その受信したシステム情報をメモリ32に記憶する。 Next, the system status notification process in FIG. 19 will be described. When the control unit 31 of the smartphone 3 starts the system state notification process of FIG. 19, in S502, the control unit 31 determines whether or not the system information is received from the electronic key 2 through the first communication. If the system information has not been received (S502: NO), the process proceeds to S512. If the system information is received (S502: YES), the received system information is stored in the memory 32 in S504.
 S506では、電子キー2からシステム情報が受信されたことをユーザに報知する。この報知は、例えば音声にて行ったり、表示部33に所定の受信報知情報を表示させたりすることによって行うことができる。スマートフォン3がいわゆるバイブレーション機能を備えている場合には、そのバイブレーション機能を利用して(即ちスマートフォン3本体に振動を発生させて)ユーザに報知するようにしてもよい。 In S506, the user is notified that the system information has been received from the electronic key 2. This notification can be performed, for example, by voice or by displaying predetermined reception notification information on the display unit 33. When the smartphone 3 has a so-called vibration function, the user may be notified using the vibration function (that is, generating vibration in the main body of the smartphone 3).
 S508では、ユーザによる、システム情報を表示させるための所定の表示要求操作がなされたか否か判断する。表示要求操作がなされていない場合は(S508:NO)、S512に進む。表示要求操作がなされた場合は(S508:YES)、S510に進む。S510では、S504でメモリ32に記憶したシステム情報を表示部33に表示させる。これにより、ユーザは、最新のシステム情報を確認することができる。 In S508, it is determined whether or not a predetermined display request operation for displaying system information has been performed by the user. If the display request operation has not been performed (S508: NO), the process proceeds to S512. If a display request operation has been performed (S508: YES), the process proceeds to S510. In S510, the system information stored in the memory 32 in S504 is displayed on the display unit 33. Thereby, the user can check the latest system information.
 S512では、メモリ32に記憶されているシステム情報に基づいて、メンテナンスの要否を判定する。例えば、直近のオイル交換日から一定日数以上が経過していたり、直近のオイル交換時の総走行距離から一定距離以上走行していたり、燃料の残量が所定量以下であったり、電子キー2の電池残量が所定量以下であったりした場合は、メンテナンスが必要と判定する。 In S512, the necessity of maintenance is determined based on the system information stored in the memory 32. For example, a certain number of days have passed since the most recent oil change date, the vehicle has traveled more than a certain distance from the total travel distance at the time of the most recent oil change, the remaining fuel amount is less than a predetermined amount, the electronic key 2 If the remaining battery level is less than or equal to a predetermined amount, it is determined that maintenance is necessary.
 S514では、S512の判定結果に基づき、メンテナンス必要項目があるか否か判断する。S512でメンテナンスが必要と判定されなかった場合は、メンテナンス必要項目がないと判断して(S514:NO)、システム状態通知処理を終了する。S512でメンテナンスが必要と判定された場合は、メンテナンス必要項目があると判断して(S514:YES)、S516に進む。 In S514, it is determined whether there is a maintenance-necessary item based on the determination result in S512. If it is not determined in S512 that maintenance is necessary, it is determined that there is no maintenance-necessary item (S514: NO), and the system status notification process is terminated. If it is determined in S512 that maintenance is necessary, it is determined that there is a maintenance-necessary item (S514: YES), and the process proceeds to S516.
 S516では、メンテナンス情報を表示部33に表示させる。ここで表示させるメンテナンス情報は、メンテナンス必要項目に関する情報である。例えば、S512において、直近のオイル交換時の総走行距離から一定距離以上走行していると判断された場合、メンテナンス必要項目はオイル交換となる。そのため、その場合は、メンテナンス情報として、オイル交換を行うべき旨の情報を表示部33に表示させる。その際、コイル交換を行うべき根拠(前回オイル交換時からの累積走行距離が一定距離を超えたこと)も併せて表示させるようにしてもよい。 In S516, maintenance information is displayed on the display unit 33. The maintenance information to be displayed here is information related to maintenance necessary items. For example, if it is determined in S512 that the vehicle has traveled more than a certain distance from the total travel distance at the time of the latest oil change, the maintenance-required item is oil change. Therefore, in that case, information indicating that the oil change should be performed is displayed on the display unit 33 as the maintenance information. At that time, the basis for the coil exchange (the cumulative travel distance from the previous oil exchange exceeded a certain distance) may be displayed together.
 S518では、ユーザによる、メンテナンス方法のガイダンスの表示要求操作がなされたか否か判断する。ガイダンスの表示要求操作が成されていない場合は(S518:NO)、システム状態通知処理を終了する。ガイダンスの表示要求操作がなされた場合は(S518:YES)、S520で、ガイダンス処理を行う。ガイダンス処理は、メンテナンス必要項目について、具体的なメンテナンス方法をユーザに提供するための所定の処理である。 In S518, it is determined whether or not the user has performed a maintenance request guidance display operation. When the guidance display request operation is not performed (S518: NO), the system state notification process is terminated. When a guidance display request operation is performed (S518: YES), guidance processing is performed in S520. The guidance process is a predetermined process for providing a user with a specific maintenance method for the maintenance required items.
 なお、電子キー2からスマートフォン3へのシステム情報の送信タイミングは、図18に示したタイミングに限らず、適宜決めることができる。例えば、スマートフォン3から任意のタイミングで電子キー2に対してシステム情報を要求できるように構成し、電子キー2は、スマートフォン3からその要求を受けるとその都度最新のシステム情報を取得してスマートフォン3へ送信するようにしてもよい。そして、スマートフォン3においては、メモリ32に記憶されているシステム情報を任意のタイミングで表示部33に表示させることができるようにしてもよい。 The transmission timing of the system information from the electronic key 2 to the smartphone 3 is not limited to the timing shown in FIG. For example, it is configured so that system information can be requested from the smartphone 3 to the electronic key 2 at an arbitrary timing. When the electronic key 2 receives the request from the smartphone 3, the smartphone 3 acquires the latest system information each time. You may make it transmit to. In the smartphone 3, the system information stored in the memory 32 may be displayed on the display unit 33 at an arbitrary timing.
 (11)上記第1実施形態のようにスマートフォン3から電子キー2経由で車両1を操作したり車両1から情報を取得したりできる機能と、上記第2実施形態のように電子キー2から直接車両1を操作したり車両1から情報を取得したりできる機能とを兼ね備えていても良い。 (11) The function of operating the vehicle 1 or acquiring information from the vehicle 1 from the smartphone 3 via the electronic key 2 as in the first embodiment, and the direct from the electronic key 2 as in the second embodiment. You may combine the function which can operate the vehicle 1 or acquire information from the vehicle 1.
 その場合、スマートフォン3から操作等可能な機能と、電子キー2から直接操作等可能な機能とを、必ずしも完全に一致させなくてもよい。例えば、スマートフォン3から操作等可能な機能の種類を、電子キー2から直接操作等可能な機能の種類よりも少なくしてもよい。また例えば、特定の種類の機能(例えばドアロックを開けたり車両1を動かしたりするなどの、相対的に重要度が高い機能)についてはスマートフォン3からの操作を不可として電子キー2からのみ可能としてもよい。また例えば、電子キー2が車両1の検知エリア内に存在しているか否かをスマートフォン3が電子キー2から定期的に通知してもらい、その内容に応じて(即ち電子キー2と車両1との距離関係)に応じて、スマートフォン3から電子キー2経由で操作等可能な内容を変えても良い。 In this case, the function that can be operated from the smartphone 3 and the function that can be directly operated from the electronic key 2 do not necessarily have to be completely matched. For example, the types of functions that can be operated from the smartphone 3 may be smaller than the types of functions that can be operated directly from the electronic key 2. Also, for example, certain types of functions (for example, functions with relatively high importance such as opening a door lock or moving the vehicle 1) are disabled from the smartphone 3 and can only be operated from the electronic key 2. Also good. Further, for example, the smartphone 3 periodically notifies the electronic key 2 whether or not the electronic key 2 is present in the detection area of the vehicle 1, and according to the contents (that is, the electronic key 2 and the vehicle 1. Depending on the distance relationship, the content that can be operated from the smartphone 3 via the electronic key 2 may be changed.
 (12)電子キー2と無線通信可能な通信端末として、上記実施形態で示したスマートフォン3はあくまでも一例である。スマートフォン3以外に、例えば、携帯電話、タブレット端末、パーソナルコンピュータなど、無線通信が可能なあらゆる種類の通信端末を用いることができる。 (12) As a communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key 2, the smartphone 3 shown in the above embodiment is merely an example. In addition to the smartphone 3, any type of communication terminal capable of wireless communication, such as a mobile phone, a tablet terminal, and a personal computer, can be used.
 (13)スマートフォンと車両とが直接データ通信可能な構成としてもよい。その場合、両者間のデータ通信を利用して様々なサービスをユーザに提供できるようにしてもよい。 (13) The smart phone and the vehicle may be configured to allow direct data communication. In that case, you may enable it to provide a user with various services using the data communication between both.
 例えば、天気予報、道路交通情報、その他の各種情報をスマートフォンにて取得し、その取得した各情報の一部又は全てを、適宜、車両へ送信して車両の運転者に報知することが可能な、情報提供サービスを提供できるようにしてもよい。 For example, weather forecasts, road traffic information, and other various information can be acquired with a smartphone, and some or all of the acquired information can be appropriately transmitted to the vehicle to notify the driver of the vehicle. The information providing service may be provided.
 また例えば、車両において車両周囲の情報を取得し、その取得した情報を、適宜、スマートフォンへ送信することが可能な、車両周囲監視サービスを提供できるようにしてもよい。 Also, for example, it is possible to provide a vehicle surrounding monitoring service capable of acquiring information around the vehicle in the vehicle and transmitting the acquired information to a smartphone as appropriate.
 また例えば、スマートフォンにおいて、車両から当該車両の位置情報を取得し、その取得した位置情報に基づいてスマートフォンのユーザに車両の位置に関する情報を報知することが可能な、車両位置報知サービスを提供できるようにしてもよい。 In addition, for example, in a smartphone, it is possible to provide a vehicle position notification service that can acquire position information of the vehicle from a vehicle and notify the user of the smartphone of information related to the position of the vehicle based on the acquired position information. It may be.
 また例えば、車両において運転者の顔を撮影し、その撮影した顔画像の内容(即ち運転者の表情、延いては運転者が抱いている感情(喜怒哀楽など))に応じた情報を
スマートフォンのSNS(Social Networking Service )アプリに渡すことが可能な、SNS連携サービスを提供できるようにしてもよい。
In addition, for example, a driver's face is photographed in a vehicle, and information corresponding to the content of the photographed face image (that is, the driver's facial expression, and thus the driver's emotion (emotion, emotion, etc.)) is displayed on the smartphone. It is also possible to provide an SNS cooperation service that can be passed to an SNS (Social Networking Service) application.
 また例えば、運転者の体調を様々な角度から直接又は間接的に把握し、その把握した内容に応じて(即ち運転者の体調に応じて)その運転者による車両の運転を許可又は禁止することが可能な、運転可否判定サービスを提供できるようにしてもよい。 Also, for example, the driver's physical condition is grasped directly or indirectly from various angles, and the driver's driving of the vehicle is permitted or prohibited according to the grasped content (that is, according to the driver's physical condition). It may be possible to provide a driving availability determination service.
 以下、上述した各種サービスについて、より具体的に説明する。
 (13-1)スマートフォンの構成
 まず、上述した各種サービスを実現可能なスマートフォン110の構成について、図20を用いて説明する。図20に示すスマートフォン110は、図2に示した第1実施形態のスマートフォン3のハードウェア構成に加え、更に、モーションセンサ群50を備えている。また、制御部31には、RTC(リアルタイムクロック)31aが内蔵されている。制御部31は、RTC31aに基づいて現在時刻、日時などの情報を取得することができる。なお、このRTC31aは、図2に示した第1実施形態のスマートフォン3にも内蔵されている。
Hereinafter, the various services described above will be described more specifically.
(13-1) Configuration of Smartphone First, the configuration of the smartphone 110 capable of realizing the various services described above will be described with reference to FIG. A smartphone 110 illustrated in FIG. 20 includes a motion sensor group 50 in addition to the hardware configuration of the smartphone 3 according to the first embodiment illustrated in FIG. The control unit 31 includes an RTC (real time clock) 31a. The control unit 31 can acquire information such as the current time and date based on the RTC 31a. The RTC 31a is also built in the smartphone 3 according to the first embodiment shown in FIG.
 モーションセンサ群50は、物体の動きや向きなどを検出可能な各種のセンサを少なくとも1つ含む。これら各種のセンサとしては、例えば、地磁気センサ、加速度センサ、ジャイロセンサなどがある。ここでは、モーションセンサ群50に、少なくとも、地磁気センサと加速度センサが含まれているものとして説明する。 The motion sensor group 50 includes at least one of various sensors that can detect the movement and orientation of an object. Examples of these various sensors include a geomagnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gyro sensor. Here, description will be made assuming that the motion sensor group 50 includes at least a geomagnetic sensor and an acceleration sensor.
 地磁気センサは、いわゆる電子コンパスとも呼ばれるセンサであり、方位を検知可能なセンサである。スマートフォン110の制御部31は、地磁気センサからの検出信号に基づいて、スマートフォン110を中心とする特定方向の方位を検出することができる。特定方向は適宜決めることができる。スマートフォン110は、略長方形状の薄板形状をなしている。よって、ここでは、一例として、スマートフォン110における、長方形状の板面に平行且つ長辺方向に平行であって、スマートフォン110の筐体内の特定位置を通る軸を特定軸として、特定位置から見た特定軸の一方の軸方向を、特定方向とする。 The geomagnetic sensor is a so-called electronic compass, and is a sensor capable of detecting the direction. The control part 31 of the smart phone 110 can detect the azimuth | direction of the specific direction centering on the smart phone 110 based on the detection signal from a geomagnetic sensor. The specific direction can be determined as appropriate. The smartphone 110 has a substantially rectangular thin plate shape. Therefore, here, as an example, the smartphone 110 is viewed from the specific position with the axis parallel to the rectangular plate surface and parallel to the long side direction passing through the specific position in the housing of the smartphone 110 as the specific axis. One axial direction of the specific axis is defined as the specific direction.
 加速度センサは、少なくとも3軸の加速度を検出可能である。スマートフォン110の制御部31は、加速度センサからの検出信号に基づいて、スマートフォン110の動き(3次元空間での動き)を検出可能である。また、制御部31は、加速度センサからの検出信号に基づいて、スマートフォン110の所持者の歩数を検出することができる。 Acceleration sensor can detect at least triaxial acceleration. The control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 can detect the movement of the smartphone 110 (movement in a three-dimensional space) based on the detection signal from the acceleration sensor. Moreover, the control part 31 can detect the step number of the holder of the smart phone 110 based on the detection signal from an acceleration sensor.
 また、スマートフォン110のメモリ32には、第1実施形態での記憶内容(図2参照)に加え、更に、情報提供アプリ32g、周囲情報報知アプリ32h、車両位置報知アプリ32j、SNSアプリ32k、及び体調管理アプリ32m、の各アプリが記憶されている。なお、メモリ32には、周囲情報報知アプリが実行されることによって、前方映像データ32n及び盗難車両データ32pが記憶される。 In addition to the storage contents in the first embodiment (see FIG. 2), the memory 32 of the smartphone 110 further includes an information providing application 32g, a surrounding information notification application 32h, a vehicle position notification application 32j, an SNS application 32k, and Each application of the physical condition management application 32m is stored. The memory 32 stores the front video data 32n and the stolen vehicle data 32p by executing the surrounding information notification application.
 (13-2)車両の構成
 次に、上述した各種サービスを実現可能な車両120の構成について、図21を用いて説明する。図21に示す車両120は、図6に示した第1実施形態の車両1のハードウェア構成に加え、更に、HUD(ヘッドアップディスプレイ)27と、前方カメラ28と、BT通信部30とを備えている。
(13-2) Vehicle Configuration Next, the configuration of the vehicle 120 capable of realizing the various services described above will be described with reference to FIG. A vehicle 120 illustrated in FIG. 21 includes a HUD (head-up display) 27, a front camera 28, and a BT communication unit 30 in addition to the hardware configuration of the vehicle 1 of the first embodiment illustrated in FIG. ing.
 前方カメラ28は、車両120の前方を撮影可能なカメラである。前方カメラ28は、車両120において、前方を撮影可能な特定の位置(例えば車室内天井の前端)に取り付けられている。前方カメラ28は、予め設定した撮影条件が成立している場合に動作して撮影を行う。ここでは、少なくとも車両120が走行している間、常に動画の撮影を行っているものとする。前方カメラ28で撮影された動画のデータ(前方映像データ25h)は、メモリ25に記憶される。メモリ25に記憶される前方映像データ25hは、直近の数時間分の動画のデータである。なお、前方カメラ28による撮影が行われる期間やタイミング(即ち撮影条件)は適宜決めることができる。また、過去に撮影された動画のデータをいつまでメモリ25に記憶しておくか(即ち前方映像データ25hとして記憶しておくか)についても適宜決めることができる。 The front camera 28 is a camera that can photograph the front of the vehicle 120. The front camera 28 is attached to a specific position (for example, the front end of the vehicle interior ceiling) where the front of the vehicle 120 can be photographed. The front camera 28 operates to perform shooting when preset shooting conditions are satisfied. Here, it is assumed that moving images are always taken at least while the vehicle 120 is traveling. Movie data (front image data 25 h) photographed by the front camera 28 is stored in the memory 25. The front video data 25h stored in the memory 25 is video data for the latest several hours. It should be noted that the period and timing (that is, the shooting conditions) during which shooting is performed by the front camera 28 can be appropriately determined. In addition, it is possible to appropriately determine how long the moving image data shot in the past is stored in the memory 25 (that is, whether the moving image data is stored as the front video data 25h).
 また、車両120のメモリ25には、第1実施形態での記憶内容(図6参照)に加え、更に、スマホ情報報知プログラム25d、周囲監視プログラム25e、SNS連携プログラム25f、及び体調情報対応プログラム25g、の各プログラムが記憶されている。なお、メモリ25には、周囲監視プログラム25eが実行されることによって、前方映像データ25hが記憶される。 In addition to the stored contents in the first embodiment (see FIG. 6), the memory 25 of the vehicle 120 further includes a smartphone information notification program 25d, a surroundings monitoring program 25e, an SNS cooperation program 25f, and a physical condition information corresponding program 25g. Each program is stored. The memory 25 stores the front video data 25h by executing the surroundings monitoring program 25e.
 (13-3)情報提供サービス
 次に、上述した各種サービスのうち情報提供サービスについて、図22及び図23を用いて説明する。情報提供サービスは、基本的に、スマートフォン110において情報提供アプリ32gが実行されて車両120においてスマホ情報報知プログラム25dが実行されることによって実現される。情報提供サービスの利用形態としては、主に、スマートフォン110を所持しているユーザが車両120に乗車する形態(即ちスマートフォン110が車両120内に存在している形態)を想定している。
(13-3) Information Providing Service Next, the information providing service among the various services described above will be described with reference to FIGS. The information providing service is basically realized by executing the information providing application 32g on the smartphone 110 and executing the smartphone information notification program 25d on the vehicle 120. As a usage form of the information providing service, a form in which a user carrying the smartphone 110 gets on the vehicle 120 (that is, a form in which the smartphone 110 exists in the vehicle 120) is assumed.
 スマートフォン110の制御部31は、起動後、メモリ32から情報提供アプリ32gを読み込み、その情報提供アプリ32gに従った処理である情報提供処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。情報提供処理は、各種サーバ(例えば各種ウェブサイト等)から各種の情報を取得し、必要に応じてその一部又は全てを車両へ送信する処理である。図22は、情報提供処理の一例である。 The control part 31 of the smart phone 110 reads the information provision application 32g from the memory 32 after starting, and repeatedly performs the information provision process which is a process according to the information provision application 32g with a predetermined period. The information providing process is a process of acquiring various information from various servers (for example, various websites) and transmitting a part or all of the information to the vehicle as necessary. FIG. 22 is an example of the information providing process.
 スマートフォン110の制御部31は、図22の情報提供処理を開始すると、S602で、GPS受信部37による受信情報に基づいてスマートフォン110の現在位置を検出する。 When the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 starts the information providing process of FIG. 22, the current position of the smartphone 110 is detected based on the reception information by the GPS reception unit 37 in S <b> 602.
 S604では、第1通信にて気象情報提供サイトへアクセスして、その気象情報提供サイトへスマートフォン110の現在位置を示す現在位置情報を送信することにより、現在位置周辺の気象情報を要求する。そして、その要求に対して気象情報提供サイトから送信される現在位置周辺の気象情報を取得する。 In S604, the weather information providing site is accessed through the first communication, and the current location information indicating the current location of the smartphone 110 is transmitted to the weather information providing site, thereby requesting weather information around the current location. And the weather information around the current position transmitted from the weather information providing site in response to the request is acquired.
 S606では、第1通信にて交通情報提供サイトへアクセスして、その交通情報提供サイトへスマートフォン110の現在位置を示す現在位置情報を送信することにより、現在位置周辺の交通情報を要求する。そして、その要求に対して交通情報提供サイトから送信される現在位置周辺の交通情報を取得する。なお、取得可能な交通情報としては、例えば、現在位置周辺の事故情報や渋滞情報、通行規制情報などの各種の情報がある。 In S606, access is made to the traffic information providing site through the first communication, and the current location information indicating the current location of the smartphone 110 is transmitted to the traffic information providing site, thereby requesting traffic information around the current location. And the traffic information around the current position transmitted from the traffic information providing site in response to the request is acquired. The traffic information that can be acquired includes, for example, various information such as accident information, traffic jam information, and traffic regulation information around the current position.
 S608では、第1通信にてアラート情報提供サイトへアクセスして、そのアラート情報提供サイトへ所定の検索条件を送信することにより、その検索条件に対応した各種情報を要求する。そして、その要求に対してアラート情報提供サイトから送信される各種情報を取得する。なお、検索条件は、スマートフォン110の現在位置、車両120の現在位置、現在時刻、運転者に関連する情報(例えば運転者の嗜好、スケジュールなど)、車両120に関連する情報(例えば車種)などの、各種条件が挙げられる。これら各種条件を少なくとも1つ、検索条件としてアラート情報提供サイトへ送信すると、その検索条件に対応した情報が検索されて、スマートフォン110へ送信される。検索条件に対応した情報としては、例えば、現在位置周辺の施設情報やイベント情報、これから一定時間以内に開催される各種イベント等の情報、運転者の興味をそそるような施設等の情報などの、各種情報が挙げられる。 In S608, by accessing the alert information providing site through the first communication and transmitting a predetermined search condition to the alert information providing site, various information corresponding to the search condition is requested. And the various information transmitted from an alert information provision site with respect to the request | requirement is acquired. The search condition includes the current position of the smartphone 110, the current position of the vehicle 120, the current time, information related to the driver (for example, driver's preference, schedule, etc.), information related to the vehicle 120 (for example, vehicle type), and the like. Various conditions are mentioned. When at least one of these various conditions is transmitted as a search condition to the alert information providing site, information corresponding to the search condition is searched and transmitted to the smartphone 110. As information corresponding to the search conditions, for example, facility information and event information around the current position, information such as various events to be held within a certain period of time, information such as facilities that intrigue the driver, etc. Various information can be listed.
 S610では、S604,S606,S608で取得した各情報中に、前回までに取得した情報から更新された情報があるか否か判断する。具体的に、メモリ32に記憶されている情報に基づき、S604,S606,S608で取得した各情報が、既に前回までの当該情報提供処理において取得されて記憶されているか否かを判断する。そして、今回取得した情報が既に記憶されているならば、情報提供処理を終了する。一方、今回取得した情報の中に、メモリ32に記憶されていない情報(即ち更新された情報)が含まれている場合は、S612で、その更新された情報をBT通信にて車両120へ送信する。 In S610, it is determined whether the information acquired in S604, S606, and S608 includes information updated from the information acquired up to the previous time. Specifically, based on the information stored in the memory 32, it is determined whether each information acquired in S604, S606, and S608 has already been acquired and stored in the information providing process up to the previous time. If the information acquired this time is already stored, the information providing process is terminated. On the other hand, if the information acquired this time includes information that is not stored in the memory 32 (that is, updated information), the updated information is transmitted to the vehicle 120 by BT communication in S612. To do.
 一方、車両120の制御部10は、起動後、メモリ25からスマホ情報報知プログラム25dを読み込み、そのスマホ情報報知プログラム25dに従った処理であるスマホ情報報知処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。スマホ情報報知処理は、スマートフォン110から受信した各種情報を運転者に報知する処理である。図23は、スマホ情報報知処理の一例である。 On the other hand, after activation, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 reads the smartphone information notification program 25d from the memory 25, and repeatedly executes the smartphone information notification process, which is a process according to the smartphone information notification program 25d, at a predetermined period. The smartphone information notification process is a process of notifying the driver of various types of information received from the smartphone 110. FIG. 23 is an example of the smartphone information notification process.
 車両120の制御部10は、図23のスマホ情報報知処理を開始すると、S652で、スマートフォン110からBT通信にて更新情報(図22のS612で送信される情報)を受信したか否か判断する。更新情報を受信していない場合は、スマホ情報報知処理を終了する。更新情報を受信した場合は、S654で、その受信した更新情報を運転者に報知する。具体的には、例えば、不図示のスピーカから更新情報を音声出力してもよいし、表示部26に更新情報を表示させてもよいし、HUD27に更新情報を表示させてもよい。 When starting the smartphone information notification process of FIG. 23, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 determines whether or not update information (information transmitted in S612 of FIG. 22) has been received from the smartphone 110 by BT communication in S652. . If the update information has not been received, the smartphone information notification process is terminated. When the update information is received, the received update information is notified to the driver in S654. Specifically, for example, the update information may be output from a speaker (not shown), the update information may be displayed on the display unit 26, or the update information may be displayed on the HUD 27.
 なお、図22の情報提供処理において、各サイトから取得した各種情報のうち更新された情報を車両へ送信することは必須ではなく、各サイトから取得した各種情報の一部又は全てを適宜車両へ送信してもよい。各種情報のうち一部を送信する場合、具体的にどのような情報を送信すべきかについては、適宜決めることができる。 In the information providing process of FIG. 22, it is not essential to transmit the updated information among the various information acquired from each site to the vehicle. Some or all of the various information acquired from each site is appropriately transmitted to the vehicle. You may send it. When a part of various information is transmitted, what kind of information should be transmitted can be determined as appropriate.
 また、スマートフォン110と車両120とのデータ通信方式がBT通信であることはあくまでも一例であり、他の通信方式にてデータ通信を行ってもよい。
 (13-4)車両周囲監視サービス
 次に、上述した各種サービスのうち車両周囲監視サービスについて、図24及び図25を用いて説明する。車両周囲監視サービスは、基本的に、スマートフォン110において周囲情報報知アプリ32hが実行されて車両120において周囲監視プログラム25eが実行されることによって実現される。車両周囲監視サービスの利用形態も、上記の情報提供サービスと同様、主に、スマートフォン110を所持しているユーザが車両120に乗車している形態を想定している。
In addition, the data communication method between the smartphone 110 and the vehicle 120 is BT communication to the last, and data communication may be performed using another communication method.
(13-4) Vehicle Surrounding Monitoring Service Next, the vehicle surroundings monitoring service among the various services described above will be described with reference to FIGS. The vehicle surrounding monitoring service is basically realized by the surrounding information notification application 32h being executed on the smartphone 110 and the surrounding monitoring program 25e being executed on the vehicle 120. Similarly to the information providing service described above, the usage mode of the vehicle surroundings monitoring service mainly assumes a mode in which the user who has the smartphone 110 gets on the vehicle 120.
 車両120の制御部10は、起動後、メモリ25から周囲監視プログラム25eを読み込み、その周囲監視プログラム25eに従った処理である周囲監視処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。周囲監視処理は、前方カメラ28で撮影された画像(静止画)から周囲車両のナンバーを認識した場合にそのナンバー情報をスマートフォン110へ送信する機能、スマートフォン110へ前方映像データ32nを送信する機能、及びスマートフォン110からの通知に基づいて盗難車両の存在を報知する機能、を実現するための処理である。図24は、周囲監視処理の一例である。 After starting, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 reads the surroundings monitoring program 25e from the memory 25, and repeatedly executes a surroundings monitoring process that is a process according to the surroundings monitoring program 25e at a predetermined cycle. The surrounding monitoring process is a function of transmitting the number information to the smartphone 110 when the number of surrounding vehicles is recognized from an image (still image) taken by the front camera 28, a function of transmitting the forward video data 32n to the smartphone 110, And a function for notifying the presence of the stolen vehicle based on the notification from the smartphone 110. FIG. 24 is an example of the surrounding monitoring process.
 車両120の制御部10は、図24の周囲監視処理を開始すると、S702で、前方カメラ28で撮影された画像(静止画)を取得する。S704では、S702で取得した静止画の中から周囲車両の画像の認識処理を行う。S706では、静止画の中から周囲画像のナンバーを認識したか否か判断する。ナンバーを認識していない場合はS710に進む。ナンバーを認識した場合は、S708で、スマートフォン110へBT通信にて、その認識したナンバーを示すナンバー情報を送信する。 When the surrounding monitoring process in FIG. 24 is started, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 acquires an image (still image) captured by the front camera 28 in S702. In step S704, an image of the surrounding vehicle is recognized from the still image acquired in step S702. In S706, it is determined whether or not the number of the surrounding image is recognized from the still images. If the number is not recognized, the process proceeds to S710. When the number is recognized, in S708, number information indicating the recognized number is transmitted to the smartphone 110 by BT communication.
 S710では、スマートフォン110へBT通信にて、前方映像データ32nを送信する。ここで送信する前方映像データ32nは、前回のS710の処理で送信した前方映像データ32nからの更新分、即ち前回のS710の処理後、今回のS710の処理実行時までに新たに記憶された分である。ただし、このように更新分のみ送信することは必須ではない。 In S710, the front video data 32n is transmitted to the smartphone 110 by BT communication. The forward video data 32n to be transmitted here is the updated amount from the forward video data 32n transmitted in the previous processing of S710, that is, the amount newly stored before the execution of the current processing of S710 after the previous processing of S710. It is. However, it is not essential to transmit only the updated portion in this way.
 S712では、スマートフォン110からBT通信にて盗難車両発見情報を受信したか否か判断する。盗難車両発見情報を受信していない場合は、周囲監視処理を終了する。盗難車両発見情報を受信した場合は、S714で、盗難車両の存在を運転者に報知する。スマートフォン110から送信される盗難車両発見情報には、S708で送信したナンバー情報の中に盗難車両の可能性があるナンバーが含まれていること、及びそのナンバーが含まれている。そのため、S714では、少なくとも、盗難車両である可能性のある車両が自車前方を走行していること、及びそのナンバーが、運転者に報知される。具体的な報知方法は種々考えられ、例えば、図23のS654で説明したように、音声による報知でもよいし、表示部26或いはHUD27による報知でもよい。 In S712, it is determined whether the stolen vehicle discovery information is received from the smartphone 110 by BT communication. If the stolen vehicle discovery information has not been received, the surrounding monitoring process is terminated. If the stolen vehicle discovery information is received, the driver is notified of the presence of the stolen vehicle in S714. The stolen vehicle discovery information transmitted from the smartphone 110 includes that the number information transmitted in S708 includes a number that may be a stolen vehicle and the number. Therefore, in S714, the driver is informed of at least that a vehicle that may be a stolen vehicle is traveling in front of the host vehicle and its number. Various specific notification methods are conceivable. For example, as described in S654 of FIG. 23, notification by voice may be performed, or notification by the display unit 26 or the HUD 27 may be performed.
 一方、スマートフォン110の制御部31は、起動後、メモリ32から周囲情報報知アプリ32hを読み込み、その周囲情報報知アプリ32hに従った処理である周囲情報報知処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。周囲情報報知処理は、車両から送信されたナンバー情報に基づいて盗難車両の有無を判断してその判断結果を車両へ送信する機能、及び車両から送信された前方映像データ32nを記憶する機能、を実現する為の処理である。図25は、周囲情報報知処理の一例である。 On the other hand, after starting, the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 reads the ambient information notification application 32h from the memory 32, and repeatedly executes the ambient information notification process, which is a process according to the ambient information notification application 32h, at a predetermined cycle. The surrounding information notification process has a function of determining the presence or absence of a stolen vehicle based on the number information transmitted from the vehicle and transmitting the determination result to the vehicle, and a function of storing the front video data 32n transmitted from the vehicle. This is a process for realizing. FIG. 25 is an example of the surrounding information notification process.
 スマートフォン110の制御部31は、図25の周囲情報報知処理を開始すると、S752で、第1通信にて、盗難車両に関する情報が蓄積されている特定のウェブサイトへアクセスして、盗難車両のナンバーのデータである盗難車両データ32pを取得し、メモリ32に記憶する。既に記憶されている場合は、その記憶されているデータを、新たに取得したデータに基づいて更新する。 When the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 starts the surrounding information notification process of FIG. 25, in S752, the control unit 31 accesses a specific website in which information on the stolen vehicle is stored in the first communication, and the number of the stolen vehicle The stolen vehicle data 32 p which is the data of the above is acquired and stored in the memory 32. If already stored, the stored data is updated based on the newly acquired data.
 S754では、車両120からBT通信にてナンバー情報を受信したか否か判断する。ナンバー情報を受信していない場合はS760に進む。ナンバー情報を受信した場合は、S756で、盗難車両データ32pを参照して、受信したナンバー情報中に盗難車両に該当するナンバーが含まれているか否か判断する。盗難車両に該当するナンバーが含まれていない場合はS760に進む。盗難車両に該当するナンバーが含まれている場合は、S758で、車両120へBT通信にて、盗難車両発見情報を送信する。 In S754, it is determined whether or not the number information is received from the vehicle 120 by BT communication. If the number information has not been received, the process proceeds to S760. If the number information is received, it is determined in S756 whether the number corresponding to the stolen vehicle is included in the received number information with reference to the stolen vehicle data 32p. If the number corresponding to the stolen vehicle is not included, the process proceeds to S760. If the number corresponding to the stolen vehicle is included, in S758, the stolen vehicle discovery information is transmitted to the vehicle 120 by BT communication.
 S760では、車両120からBT通信にて前方映像データを受信したか否か判断する。前方映像データを受信した場合は、S762で、メモリ32に記憶されている前方映像データ32nを、その受信した前方映像データに基づいて更新する。メモリ32に記憶されている前方映像データ32nは、所定の動画再生操作を行うことによって表示部33で再生させることができる。 In S760, it is determined whether or not forward video data has been received from the vehicle 120 by BT communication. When the front video data is received, the front video data 32n stored in the memory 32 is updated based on the received front video data in S762. The front video data 32n stored in the memory 32 can be reproduced on the display unit 33 by performing a predetermined moving image reproduction operation.
 なお、スマートフォン110にて行われる盗難車両データの取得(S752)、及び盗難車両に該当するナンバーの有無判断(S756)は、車両120自身が行うようにしてもよい。その場合、車両120からスマートフォン110へ盗難車両発見情報を送信して、スマートフォン110にその情報を保存させたり、スマートフォン110にてその情報を報知させたりするようにしてもよい。 It should be noted that the vehicle 120 itself may perform the acquisition of stolen vehicle data (S752) and the presence / absence determination of a number corresponding to the stolen vehicle (S756) performed by the smartphone 110. In that case, the stolen vehicle discovery information may be transmitted from the vehicle 120 to the smartphone 110 and the smartphone 110 may store the information, or the smartphone 110 may notify the information.
 (13-5)車両位置報知サービス
 次に、上述した各種サービスのうち車両位置報知サービスについて、図26を用いて説明する。車両位置報知サービスは、基本的に、スマートフォン110において車両位置報知アプリ32jが実行されることによって実現される。車両位置報知サービスの利用形態としては、主に、スマートフォン110を所持しているユーザが車両120から離れている形態を想定している。
(13-5) Vehicle Location Notification Service Next, the vehicle location notification service among the various services described above will be described with reference to FIG. The vehicle position notification service is basically realized by executing the vehicle position notification application 32j on the smartphone 110. As a usage mode of the vehicle position notification service, a mode in which the user who owns the smartphone 110 is mainly away from the vehicle 120 is assumed.
 スマートフォン110の制御部31は、起動後、メモリ32から車両位置報知アプリ32jを読み込み、その車両位置報知アプリ32jに従った処理である車両位置報知処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。車両位置報知処理は、車両120の現在位置やその現在位置に関連する各種情報などをスマートフォン110のユーザに報知する機能を実現するための処理である。図26は、車両位置報知処理の一例である。 Control part 31 of smart phone 110 reads vehicle position information application 32j from memory 32 after starting, and repeatedly performs vehicle position information processing which is processing according to vehicle position information application 32j at a predetermined cycle. The vehicle position notification process is a process for realizing a function of notifying the user of the smartphone 110 of the current position of the vehicle 120 and various information related to the current position. FIG. 26 is an example of a vehicle position notification process.
 スマートフォン110の制御部31は、図26の車両位置報知処理を開始すると、S552で、車両120から第1通信にて車両120の位置情報(車両現在位置)を取得する。具体的には、第1通信にて車両120へ位置情報を要求すると、車両120において検知されている現在位置の情報が車両120から送信される。S552では、その車両120から送信された現在位置の情報を受信することにより車両現在位置を取得する処理である。 The control part 31 of the smart phone 110 will acquire the positional information (vehicle present position) of the vehicle 120 by 1st communication from the vehicle 120 by S552, if the vehicle position alerting | reporting process of FIG. 26 is started. Specifically, when position information is requested from vehicle 120 in the first communication, information on the current position detected in vehicle 120 is transmitted from vehicle 120. In S552, the current position information transmitted from the vehicle 120 is received to obtain the current position of the vehicle.
 S554では、GPS受信部37による受信情報に基づいてスマートフォン110の現在位置(スマホ現在位置)を検出する。S556では、S552で取得した車両現在位置、及びS554で取得したスマホ現在位置を含む所定範囲の地図画像を表示部33に表示させる。S558では、その地図画像中の車両現在位置に該当する位置に、車両120を示す車両マークを表示させ、スマホ現在位置に該当する位置に、スマートフォン110を示すスマホマークを表示させる。これにより、スマートフォン110のユーザは、自身の位置(即ちスマートフォン110の位置)を把握できるのに加え、車両120の位置も把握することができる。 In S554, the current position (smartphone current position) of the smartphone 110 is detected based on information received by the GPS receiver 37. In S556, a map image of a predetermined range including the vehicle current position acquired in S552 and the smartphone current position acquired in S554 is displayed on the display unit 33. In S558, a vehicle mark indicating the vehicle 120 is displayed at a position corresponding to the current vehicle position in the map image, and a smartphone mark indicating the smartphone 110 is displayed at a position corresponding to the current smartphone position. Thereby, the user of the smartphone 110 can grasp his / her position (that is, the position of the smartphone 110) and can also grasp the position of the vehicle 120.
 S560では、車両現在位置及びスマホ現在位置に基づいて、車両位置関連情報を算出し、表示部33に表示させる。車両位置関連情報とは、スマホ現在位置に対する車両120の相対的位置を直接又は間接的に示す情報である。車両位置関連情報としては、例えば、スマホ現在位置から車両現在位置までの直線距離、スマホ現在位置から車両現在位置までの所定のルートでの距離、スマホ現在位置から車両現在位置まで所定のルートに沿って徒歩で行く場合に要する歩数、スマホ現在位置から見た車両現在位置の方位、などが挙げられる。 In S560, vehicle position related information is calculated based on the current vehicle position and the current smartphone position, and is displayed on the display unit 33. The vehicle position related information is information that directly or indirectly indicates the relative position of the vehicle 120 with respect to the current smartphone position. The vehicle position related information includes, for example, a linear distance from the current smartphone position to the current vehicle position, a distance from the current smartphone position to the current vehicle position, and a predetermined route from the current smartphone position to the current vehicle position. The number of steps required to go on foot, the direction of the current position of the vehicle as viewed from the current position of the smartphone, and the like.
 S562では、モーションセンサ群50からの検出信号に基づいて、スマートフォン110の向き(詳しくは既述の特定方向の方位)を検出する。S564では、S562で検出したスマートフォン110の向きが、車両120の方向(即ちスマホ現在位置から見た車両現在位置の方位)に略一致するか否か判断する。例えば、両者の方向(方位)の差が所定角度以内であれば略一致していると判断する。 In S562, based on the detection signal from the motion sensor group 50, the orientation of the smartphone 110 (specifically, the orientation in the specific direction described above) is detected. In S564, it is determined whether the orientation of the smartphone 110 detected in S562 substantially matches the direction of the vehicle 120 (that is, the direction of the current vehicle position as viewed from the current smartphone position). For example, if the difference between the two directions (directions) is within a predetermined angle, it is determined that they are substantially the same.
 スマートフォン110の向きが車両120の方向と略一致している場合は、S566で、スマートフォン110のユーザに、スマートフォン110が車両120の方向を向いていることを報知する。この報知は、例えば音声で行ってもよいし、不図示の振動機構を作動させてスマートフォン110を機械的に振動させることにより行ってもよいし、表示部33に所定の情報を表示させることにより行ってもよい。 If the orientation of the smartphone 110 substantially coincides with the direction of the vehicle 120, in S566, the user of the smartphone 110 is notified that the smartphone 110 is facing the direction of the vehicle 120. This notification may be performed by voice, for example, by operating a vibration mechanism (not shown) to mechanically vibrate the smartphone 110, or by displaying predetermined information on the display unit 33. You may go.
 この車両位置報知処理により、スマートフォン110のユーザは、車両120の位置に関する各種情報を取得することができる。特に、S546,S566の処理により、スマートフォン110のユーザは、スマートフォン110の向きをいろいろと変えてみながら車両120の方向を探しだすことができる。 The user of the smartphone 110 can acquire various types of information regarding the position of the vehicle 120 by this vehicle position notification process. In particular, the processing of S546 and S566 allows the user of the smartphone 110 to find out the direction of the vehicle 120 while changing the orientation of the smartphone 110 in various ways.
 (13-6)SNS連携サービス
 次に、上述した各種サービスのうちSNS連携サービスについて、図27及び図28を用いて説明する。SNS連携サービスは、基本的に、スマートフォン110においてSNSアプリ32kが実行されて車両120においてSNS連携プログラム25fが実行されることによって実現される。SNS連携サービスの利用形態としては、主に、スマートフォン110を所持しているユーザが車両120を運転している形態(換言すれば、運転者のスマートフォン110が車両120内に存在している形態)を想定している。
(13-6) SNS Cooperation Service Next, among the various services described above, the SNS cooperation service will be described with reference to FIGS. The SNS cooperation service is basically realized by executing the SNS application 32k in the smartphone 110 and executing the SNS cooperation program 25f in the vehicle 120. As a usage form of the SNS cooperation service, a form in which a user who owns the smartphone 110 is driving the vehicle 120 (in other words, a form in which the driver's smartphone 110 exists in the vehicle 120). Is assumed.
 車両120の制御部10は、起動後、メモリ25からSNS連携プログラム25fを読み込み、そのSNS連携プログラム25fに従った処理であるSNS連携処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。SNS連携処理は、運転者の顔の画像から運転者の気分を判定し、その判定結果をスマートフォン110へ送信する処理である。図27は、SNS連係処理の一例である。 The control part 10 of the vehicle 120 reads the SNS cooperation program 25f from the memory 25 after starting, and repeatedly performs the SNS cooperation process which is a process according to the SNS cooperation program 25f with a predetermined period. The SNS cooperation process is a process of determining the driver's mood from the image of the driver's face and transmitting the determination result to the smartphone 110. FIG. 27 is an example of the SNS linkage process.
 車両120の制御部10は、図27のSNS連携処理を開始すると、S802で、前方カメラ28の撮影画像(静止画)を取得する。S804では、車室内カメラ24の撮影画像(静止画)を取得する。 27. When the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 starts the SNS cooperation process of FIG. 27, the captured image (still image) of the front camera 28 is acquired in S802. In S804, a captured image (still image) of the vehicle interior camera 24 is acquired.
 S806では、S804で取得した静止画から、運転者の顔の画像を認識する処理を行う。S808では、S806で認識した運転者の顔の画像に基づき、運転者の気分(例えば喜怒哀楽の感情)を判定する。S810では、S808の判定結果(運転者の気分)を示す気分情報を、BT通信にてスマートフォン110へ送信する。 In S806, a process of recognizing the driver's face image from the still image acquired in S804 is performed. In S808, based on the driver's face image recognized in S806, the driver's mood (for example, emotion of emotions) is determined. In S810, mood information indicating the determination result (driver's mood) in S808 is transmitted to the smartphone 110 by BT communication.
 一方、スマートフォン110の制御部31は、起動後、メモリ32からSNSアプリ32kを読み込み、そのSNSアプリ32kに従った処理であるSNS処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。SNSアプリ32kは、例えばLINE(登録商標)やTWITTER(登録商標)などのSNSを享受可能な既知のアプリと同等の機能を実現可能なアプリである。そして特に、SNSアプリ32kは、既知の類似アプリの機能に加えて、車両120から送信される気分情報に応じた各種の画像やメッセージを自動送信する機能も備えている。図28は、SNS処理の一例である。 On the other hand, after starting, the control unit 31 of the smartphone 110 reads the SNS application 32k from the memory 32, and repeatedly executes an SNS process, which is a process according to the SNS application 32k, at a predetermined period. The SNS application 32k is an application that can realize a function equivalent to a known application that can enjoy SNS, such as LINE (registered trademark) or TWITTER (registered trademark). In particular, the SNS application 32k has a function of automatically transmitting various images and messages according to mood information transmitted from the vehicle 120 in addition to the functions of known similar applications. FIG. 28 is an example of the SNS process.
 スマートフォン110の制御部31は、図28のSNS処理を開始すると、S852で、車両120から気分情報を受信したか否か判断する。気分情報を受信していない場合は、S854で、その他の規定処理を実行する。規定処理とは、例えば、外部端末或いはサーバからのメッセージ受信や、外部端末或いはサーバへのメッセージ送信などの、既知のSNS用のアプリにおいて実行される各種処理と同等の処理である。 The control part 31 of the smart phone 110 will determine whether the mood information was received from the vehicle 120 by S852, if the SNS process of FIG. 28 is started. If the mood information has not been received, other regulation processing is executed in S854. The prescribed process is a process equivalent to various processes executed in a known SNS application, such as message reception from an external terminal or server and message transmission to an external terminal or server.
 S852で車両120から気分情報を受信した場合は、S856で、スマートフォン110のユーザ(即ち車両120の運転者)の気分を示す通知画像を決定する。通知画像は、運転者の気分が表れた内容であればどのような画像でもよい。例えば、運転者が怒りの感情を抱いている場合には、「腹が立つ!」というテキストを生成してそれを通知画像に決定してもよいし、予め記憶されている顔のイラスト画像の中から怒っている表情のイラスト画像を抽出してそれを通知画像に決定してもよい。また例えば、運転者が驚きや感動の感情を抱いている場合には、「すごいものを見たぞ!」というテキストを生成してそれを通知画像に決定してもよいし、予め記憶されている顔のイラスト画像の中から驚きの表情のイラスト画像を抽出してそれを通知画像に決定してもよい。 If the mood information is received from the vehicle 120 in S852, a notification image indicating the mood of the user of the smartphone 110 (that is, the driver of the vehicle 120) is determined in S856. The notification image may be any image as long as it shows the driver's feeling. For example, when the driver has an angry feeling, the text “I am angry!” May be generated and determined as the notification image, or the face illustration image stored in advance may be determined. An illustration image of an angry facial expression may be extracted from the inside and determined as a notification image. Also, for example, when the driver has a surprise or emotional feeling, the text “I saw a great thing!” May be generated and determined as a notification image, or stored in advance. An illustration image of a surprised expression may be extracted from the illustration images of the face that is present and determined as a notification image.
 S858では、特定の外部端末或いはサーバへ、第1通信にて、S856で決定した通知画像を送信する。これにより、例えば送信対象として登録されている他のユーザの端末に通知画像が送信され、他のユーザの端末においてその通知画像が表示される。他のユーザは、表示された通知画像を見て、運転者の現在の状況(気分など)を知ることができる。なお、通知画像を送信する際、車両120の周囲の画像(前方カメラ28の撮影画像)や運転者の画像(車室内カメラ24の撮影画像)を送信してもよい。 In S858, the notification image determined in S856 is transmitted to the specific external terminal or server through the first communication. Thereby, for example, the notification image is transmitted to the terminal of another user registered as a transmission target, and the notification image is displayed on the terminal of the other user. Other users can know the current situation (such as mood) of the driver by looking at the displayed notification image. When transmitting the notification image, an image around the vehicle 120 (an image captured by the front camera 28) or an image of the driver (an image captured by the vehicle interior camera 24) may be transmitted.
 なお、通知画像のデータを車両120に送信し、車両120においてその通知画像を所定の方法で表示させるようにしてもよい。例えば、レーザ光を窓ガラスに照射する装置を備え、その装置を作動させてレーザ光により窓ガラスに通知画像を表示させることで、車両120の外にいる人間が、車両120の運転者の気持ちを知ることができるようにしてもよい。その際、レーザ光の波長の光を一定期間蓄光可能な蓄光材料を窓ガラスに配置しておくことで、通知画像を一定期間外部から視認できるようにしてもよい。 Note that the notification image data may be transmitted to the vehicle 120, and the notification image may be displayed on the vehicle 120 by a predetermined method. For example, a device that irradiates a window glass with laser light is activated, and a notification image is displayed on the window glass by operating the device to allow a person outside the vehicle 120 to feel the driver's feelings of the vehicle 120. You may be able to know. At that time, the notification image may be made visible from the outside for a certain period of time by arranging a phosphorescent material capable of storing light of the wavelength of the laser light for a certain period on the window glass.
 (13-7)運転可否判定サービス
 次に、上述した各種サービスのうち運転可否判定サービスについて、図29及び図30を用いて説明する。運転可否判定サービスは、基本的に、スマートフォン110において体調管理アプリ32mが実行されて車両120において体調情報対応プログラム25gが実行されることによって実現される。運転可否判定サービスの利用形態としては、主に、スマートフォン110を所持しているユーザが車両120を運転している形態を想定している。
(13-7) Driving availability determination service Next, among the various services described above, the driving availability determination service will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 and 30. FIG. The driving propriety determination service is basically realized by executing the physical condition management application 32m in the smartphone 110 and executing the physical condition information corresponding program 25g in the vehicle 120. As a usage form of the driving propriety determination service, a form in which a user who owns the smartphone 110 is driving the vehicle 120 is mainly assumed.
 スマートフォン110の制御部31は、起動後、メモリ32から体調管理アプリ32mを読み込み、その体調管理アプリ32mに従った処理である体調管理処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。体調管理処理は、スマートフォン110のユーザの体調に関連する情報を取得して車両120へ送信する処理である。図29は、体調管理処理の一例である。 The control part 31 of the smart phone 110 reads the physical condition management application 32m from the memory 32 after starting, and repeatedly performs the physical condition management process which is a process according to the physical condition management application 32m with a predetermined period. The physical condition management process is a process for acquiring information related to the physical condition of the user of the smartphone 110 and transmitting the information to the vehicle 120. FIG. 29 is an example of a physical condition management process.
 スマートフォン110の制御部31は、図29の体調管理処理を開始すると、S902で、車両120から体調関連情報の要求があったか否か判断する。体調関連情報とは、スマートフォン110のユーザの体調に直接又は間接的に関連する各種の情報であり、例えば、特定期間毎(例えば1日毎)の歩数や、脈拍、心拍数、体温などが挙げられる。 The control part 31 of the smart phone 110 will determine whether the request | requirement of the physical condition relevant information was received from the vehicle 120 in S902, if the physical condition management process of FIG. 29 is started. The physical condition related information is various information directly or indirectly related to the physical condition of the user of the smartphone 110, and examples thereof include the number of steps for each specific period (for example, every day), the pulse rate, the heart rate, and the body temperature. .
 S902で、体調関連情報が要求されていない場合は、体調管理処理を終了する。体調関連情報が要求されている場合は、S904で、体調関連情報を取得する。例えば歩数については、既述の通り、モーションセンサ群50からの検出信号に基づいて取得することができる。また例えば、脈拍や心拍数、対応などについては、スマートフォン110自体にこれらを検出可能なセンサを設けてそのセンサからの検出信号に基づいて取得してもよいし、これらを検出する機能を備えた他の端末(例えば腕時計タイプの情報処理端末)からデータ通信にて取得してもよい。 If the physical condition related information is not requested in S902, the physical condition management process is terminated. If physical condition related information is requested, physical condition related information is acquired in S904. For example, the number of steps can be acquired based on the detection signal from the motion sensor group 50 as described above. In addition, for example, a pulse, a heart rate, correspondence, and the like may be acquired based on a detection signal from the sensor provided in the smartphone 110 itself, and a function of detecting these may be provided. You may acquire by data communication from another terminal (for example, wristwatch type information processing terminal).
 S906では、S904で取得した体調関連情報を、BT通信にて車両120へ送信する。
 一方、車両120の制御部10は、起動後、運転者による特定の始動操作が行われると、メモリ25から体調情報対応プログラム25gを読み込み、その体調情報対応プログラム25gに従った処理である体調情報対応処理を所定周期で繰り返し実行する。始動操作としては、例えばイグニションスイッチをオンする操作が挙げられる。また、電気自動車やハイブリッド自動車などにおいては、車両を走行可能な状態にスタンバイさせるためのいわゆる電源スイッチをオンする操作が挙げられる。
In S906, the physical condition related information acquired in S904 is transmitted to the vehicle 120 by BT communication.
On the other hand, when a specific starting operation is performed by the driver after the start-up, the control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 reads the physical condition information corresponding program 25g from the memory 25, and the physical condition information is a process according to the physical condition information corresponding program 25g. The corresponding process is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. Examples of the starting operation include an operation of turning on an ignition switch. Moreover, in an electric vehicle, a hybrid vehicle, etc., there is an operation of turning on a so-called power switch for making the vehicle stand by in a running state.
 体調情報対応処理は、スマートフォン110からスマートフォン110のユーザ(即ち運転者)の体調関連情報を取得し、その体調関連情報に応じてその運転者による車両120の運転を許可又は禁止する処理である。図30は、体調情報対応処理の一例である。 The physical condition information corresponding process is a process of acquiring the physical condition related information of the user of the smartphone 110 (that is, the driver) from the smart phone 110 and permitting or prohibiting the driving of the vehicle 120 by the driver according to the physical condition related information. FIG. 30 is an example of the physical condition information handling process.
 車両120の制御部10は、図30の体調情報対応処理を開始すると、S952で、スマートフォン110へBT通信にて体調関連情報を要求する。そして、その要求に対してスマートフォン110からBT通信にて送信される体調関連情報を受信することによりその体調関連情報を取得する。 The control unit 10 of the vehicle 120 requests physical condition related information to the smartphone 110 through BT communication in S952 when the physical condition information corresponding process of FIG. 30 is started. And the physical condition relevant information is acquired by receiving the physical condition relevant information transmitted by BT communication from the smart phone 110 with respect to the request | requirement.
 S954では、S952で取得した体調関連情報(即ち運転者の体調に関連する情報)に基づいて、運転者による車両120の運転の可否を判定する。例えば、運転者の脈拍、心拍数が正常な範囲を外れている場合には、運転不可と判定する。また例えば、昨日一日間のトータルの歩数が所定の下限値以下の場合は、運動不足として、車両120以外の移動方法(例えば徒歩或いは自転車など)を推奨すべく、運転不可と判定する。逆に、脈拍及び心拍数が共に正常な範囲内にある場合や、昨日一日間のトータル歩数が下限値を超えている場合など、当該運転者に車両120を運転させることを躊躇すべき特段の事情がない場合は、運転可能と判定する。 In S954, whether or not the driver can drive the vehicle 120 is determined based on the physical condition related information acquired in S952 (that is, information related to the physical condition of the driver). For example, when the driver's pulse and heart rate are out of the normal range, it is determined that driving is impossible. Further, for example, if the total number of steps during the day yesterday is equal to or less than a predetermined lower limit value, it is determined that driving is not possible because a movement method other than the vehicle 120 (for example, walking or bicycle) is recommended as lack of exercise. Conversely, if the pulse and heart rate are both within the normal range, or if the total number of steps during the day yesterday exceeds the lower limit, there is a special case that should hesitate to let the driver drive the vehicle 120. If there are no circumstances, it is determined that driving is possible.
 S956では、S954での判定結果に基づき、当該運転者による車両120の運転が可能か否か(運転可能と判定されたか否か)判断する。運転可能と判定された場合は、S958で、車両120の動作状態を走行スタンバイ状態に移行させる。走行スタンバイ状態では、運転者は車両120を走行させることができる。S956で運転可能と判断されなかった場合(即ちS954で運転不可と判定された場合)は、S960で、走行禁止処理を実行する。具体的には、運転者がアクセルペダルを踏んでもそれを無効とし、車両120を強制的に走行させないようにする。 In S956, based on the determination result in S954, it is determined whether or not the driver can drive the vehicle 120 (whether or not it is determined that driving is possible). If it is determined that the vehicle can be driven, the operation state of the vehicle 120 is shifted to the traveling standby state in S958. In the travel standby state, the driver can drive the vehicle 120. If it is not determined that the vehicle can be driven in S956 (that is, if it is determined that the vehicle cannot be driven in S954), a travel prohibition process is executed in S960. Specifically, even if the driver depresses the accelerator pedal, it is invalidated and the vehicle 120 is not forced to travel.
 (14)駐車場に配備されている誘導員の腕や、交通誘導を行っている誘導員、警察官などの腕に、モーションセンサ内蔵の携帯型通信端末(例えば腕時計タイプの端末)を装着させ、腕の動き(即ち手振り)を検出して、その手振りがどのような意味(誘導員等によるどのような指示)を示しているのかを認識できるようにしてもよい。手振り認識は、腕に装着された携帯型通信端末が行ってもよいし、モーションセンサの検出信号を他の通信端末(例えば既述のスマートフォン)或いは車両に送信して、その送信先にて行ってもよい。認識可能な手振りとしては、例えば、停止指示、進入禁止指示、発進可能指示などが挙げられる。そして、その認識結果を、スマートフォンにてユーザに報知したり、車両において車両の運転者に報知するようにしてもよい。 (14) A portable communication terminal (for example, a wristwatch-type terminal) with a built-in motion sensor is attached to the arm of a guide who is deployed in a parking lot, the arm of a guide who conducts traffic, or a police officer. The movement of the arm (that is, the hand gesture) may be detected so that the meaning of the hand gesture (what instruction by the guide or the like) indicates can be recognized. Hand gesture recognition may be performed by a portable communication terminal attached to an arm, or a motion sensor detection signal is transmitted to another communication terminal (for example, the above-described smartphone) or a vehicle and performed at the transmission destination. May be. Examples of recognizable gestures include a stop instruction, an entry prohibition instruction, a start enable instruction, and the like. And you may make it alert | report a recognition result to a user with a smart phone, or may alert | report the driver of a vehicle in a vehicle.
 例えば、誘導員が腕に装着している携帯型通信端末からモーションセンサの検出信号をスマートフォンが受信し、スマートフォンにて手振り認識を行って、その認識結果をスマートフォンにて報知、或いは車両に送信して車両にて報知するようにしてもよい。 For example, a smartphone receives a detection signal of a motion sensor from a portable communication terminal worn by an inducer on an arm, performs gesture recognition on the smartphone, and notifies the recognition result on the smartphone or transmits it to the vehicle. May be notified by the vehicle.
 (15)本発明を適用可能な車両は、エンジンを走行用駆動源とする上記実施形態の車両1に限らず、ハイブリッド車、電気自動車、その他の各種の駆動方式の車両であってもよい。また、乗用車に限らず、商用車、トラック、バス、鉄道車両、その他あらゆる種類の車両に対して本発明を適用できる。 (15) The vehicle to which the present invention is applicable is not limited to the vehicle 1 according to the above-described embodiment using an engine as a driving source for travel, but may be a hybrid vehicle, an electric vehicle, or other various drive system vehicles. Further, the present invention can be applied not only to passenger cars but also to commercial vehicles, trucks, buses, railway vehicles, and all other types of vehicles.
 (16)その他、本発明は、上記の実施形態に示された具体的手段や構造等に限定されるものではなく、本発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲において種々の形態を採り得る。例えば、上記実施形態における1つの構成要素が有する機能を複数の構成要素として分散させたり、複数の構成要素が有する機能を1つの構成要素に統合したりしてもよい。また、上記実施形態の構成の少なくとも一部を、同様の機能を有する公知の構成に置き換えてもよい。また、上記実施形態の構成の一部を、課題を解決できる限りにおいて省略してもよい。また、上記実施形態の構成の少なくとも一部を、他の上記実施形態の構成に対して付加、置換等してもよい。なお、特許請求の範囲に記載の文言から特定される技術思想に含まれるあらゆる態様が本発明の実施形態である。 (16) In addition, the present invention is not limited to the specific means and structure shown in the above embodiment, and can take various forms without departing from the gist of the present invention. For example, the functions of one component in the above embodiment may be distributed as a plurality of components, or the functions of a plurality of components may be integrated into one component. Further, at least a part of the configuration of the above embodiment may be replaced with a known configuration having the same function. Moreover, you may abbreviate | omit a part of structure of the said embodiment as long as a subject can be solved. In addition, at least a part of the configuration of the above embodiment may be added to or replaced with the configuration of the other embodiment. In addition, all the aspects included in the technical idea specified from the wording described in the claims are embodiments of the present invention.
 [実施形態から把握される技術思想]
 以上詳述した種々の実施形態から、少なくとも以下の技術思想が把握される。
 (A)異なる2種類の無線通信方式にて車両と無線通信可能な電子キーと、
 前記電子キーと無線通信可能な通信端末と、
 を備え、
 前記2種類の無線通信方式のうち一方の無線通信方式は、他方の無線通信方式よりも通信可能距離が短く、
 前記通信端末は、
 前記車両に対して特定の処理を実行させるための、その実行させる処理の内容を示す処理項目の指定入力を受け付ける指定入力部と、
 前記指定入力部により入力された前記処理項目を示す処理指令を前記電子キーへ送信する指令送信部と、
 を備え、
 前記電子キーは、
 前記通信端末から前記処理指令を受信した場合に、その処理指令に対応した前記処理項目を示す処理コマンドを生成する処理コマンド生成部と、
 前記車両と前記一方の無線通信方式にて無線通信が可能か否か判断する通信方式判断部と、
 前記通信方式判断部により前記一方の無線通信方式にて無線通信が可能と判断された場合は前記一方の無線通信方式にて前記処理コマンドを前記車両へ送信し、前記通信方式判断部により前記一方の無線通信方式での無線通信が可能ではない判断された場合は前記他方の無線通信方式にて前記処理コマンドを前記車両へ送信するコマンド送信部と、
 を備えることを特徴とする車両制御システム。
[Technical idea grasped from the embodiment]
At least the following technical ideas can be understood from the various embodiments detailed above.
(A) an electronic key capable of wireless communication with a vehicle by two different types of wireless communication methods;
A communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key;
With
One of the two types of wireless communication methods has a shorter communicable distance than the other wireless communication method,
The communication terminal is
A designation input unit for receiving a designation input of a process item indicating the content of the process to be executed, for causing the vehicle to execute a specific process;
A command transmission unit that transmits a processing command indicating the processing item input by the designation input unit to the electronic key;
With
The electronic key is
A processing command generator that generates a processing command indicating the processing item corresponding to the processing command when the processing command is received from the communication terminal;
A communication method determination unit that determines whether wireless communication is possible with the vehicle and the one wireless communication method;
When the communication method determination unit determines that wireless communication is possible using the one wireless communication method, the processing command is transmitted to the vehicle using the one wireless communication method, and the communication method determination unit transmits the one A command transmission unit that transmits the processing command to the vehicle in the other wireless communication method when it is determined that wireless communication in the wireless communication method is not possible,
A vehicle control system comprising:
 このような構成によれば、電子キーと車両との無線通信は、両者の相対的距離に応じた適切な方式にて行われる。そのため、電子キーと車両との無線通信を効率的に行うことができる。 According to such a configuration, the wireless communication between the electronic key and the vehicle is performed by an appropriate method according to the relative distance between the two. Therefore, wireless communication between the electronic key and the vehicle can be performed efficiently.
 (B)上記(A)において、
 前記電子キーは、
 前記通信方式判断部により前記一方の無線通信方式での無線通信が可能ではないと判断された場合に、前記他方の無線通信方式による前記処理コマンドの送信が許可されているか否かを判断する許可判断部を備え、
 前記コマンド送信部は、前記通信方式判断部により前記一方の無線通信方式での無線通信が可能ではないと判断された場合、前記許可判断部により前記他方の無線通信方式による前記処理コマンドの送信が許可されていると判断された場合に、前記処理コマンドを前記他方の無線通信方式にて前記車両へ送信する
 ことを特徴とする車両制御システム。
(B) In (A) above,
The electronic key is
Permission to determine whether or not transmission of the processing command by the other wireless communication method is permitted when the communication method determination unit determines that wireless communication by the one wireless communication method is not possible It has a judgment part,
When the communication method determination unit determines that wireless communication using the one wireless communication method is not possible, the command transmission unit transmits the processing command according to the other wireless communication method by the permission determination unit. When it is determined that the processing is permitted, the processing command is transmitted to the vehicle by the other wireless communication method.
 このような構成によれば、電子キーが車両と一方の無線通信方式で無線通信ができない場合(例えば電子キーが車両から大きく離れている場合)に、他方の無線通信方式にて車両へ処理コマンドを送信しても良いか否かを任意に決めることができる。他方の無線通信方式での送信を許可すれば、電子キーが車両から離れていても車両を遠隔制御できる。逆に、他方の無線通信方式での送信を不許可とすれば、電子キーが車両からみて一定の距離(一方の無線通信方式による無線通信が可能な距離)よりも離れている場合には車両を遠隔操作できないため、セキュリティ性能を高めることができる。
(C)車両と無線通信可能な電子キーと、
 前記電子キーと無線通信可能な通信端末と、
 を備え、
 前記通信端末は、
 表示部と、
 前記車両に対して実行させることが可能な処理項目を示す画像である処理項目画像を前記表示部に表示させる表示制御部と、
 前記表示制御部により前記表示部に表示された前記処理項目画像の中から少なくとも1つを指定するための指定入力を受け付ける指定入力部と、
 前記指定入力部により指定された前記処理項目画像が示す前記処理項目に対応した処理指令を前記電子キーへ送信する指令送信部と、
 を備え、
 前記電子キーは、
 前記通信端末から前記処理指令を受信した場合に、その処理指令に対応した前記処理項目を示す処理コマンドを前記車両へ送信するコマンド送信部を備える
 ことを特徴とする車両制御システム。
According to such a configuration, when the electronic key cannot communicate with the vehicle by one wireless communication method (for example, when the electronic key is far away from the vehicle), a processing command is sent to the vehicle by the other wireless communication method. It is possible to arbitrarily decide whether or not to transmit. If transmission by the other wireless communication method is permitted, the vehicle can be remotely controlled even if the electronic key is away from the vehicle. Conversely, if transmission with the other wireless communication method is not permitted, the vehicle can be used when the electronic key is more than a certain distance from the vehicle (a distance that allows wireless communication with one wireless communication method). Can not be remotely controlled, so security performance can be improved.
(C) an electronic key capable of wireless communication with the vehicle;
A communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key;
With
The communication terminal is
A display unit;
A display control unit that causes the display unit to display a processing item image that is an image indicating a processing item that can be executed on the vehicle;
A designation input unit that accepts a designation input for designating at least one of the processing item images displayed on the display unit by the display control unit;
A command transmission unit that transmits a processing command corresponding to the processing item indicated by the processing item image designated by the designation input unit to the electronic key;
With
The electronic key is
A vehicle control system comprising: a command transmission unit that transmits a processing command indicating the processing item corresponding to the processing command to the vehicle when the processing command is received from the communication terminal.
 このような構成によれば、ユーザは、通信端末に表示されている処理項目画像の中から所望の処理項目画像(車両に実行させたい処理に対応した処理項目画像)を容易に探して指定することができる。なお、図3に例示した各アイコンが上記処理項目画像の一例に相当する。
(D)車両と無線通信可能な電子キーと、
 前記電子キーと無線通信可能な通信端末と、
 を備え、
 前記通信端末は、
 動画を撮影可能な撮像部、及び音声を入力可能な音声入力部、のうち少なくとも一方と、
 前記撮像部により撮影されたユーザのジェスチャー、及び前記音声入力部に入力されたユーザの音声、のうち少なくとも一方を処理指定情報として受け付ける処理受付部と、
 前記処理指定情報を前記電子キーへ送信する送信部と、
 を備え、
 前記電子キーは、
 前記通信端末から前記処理指定情報を受信した場合に、前記車両に対して実行させることが可能な処理項目のうち、その受信した処理指定情報が示す前記処理項目に対応した処理コマンドを前記車両へ送信するコマンド送信部を備える
 ことを特徴とする車両制御システム。
According to such a configuration, the user can easily find and specify a desired process item image (a process item image corresponding to a process to be executed by the vehicle) from among the process item images displayed on the communication terminal. be able to. Each icon illustrated in FIG. 3 corresponds to an example of the processing item image.
(D) an electronic key capable of wireless communication with the vehicle;
A communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key;
With
The communication terminal is
At least one of an imaging unit capable of capturing a moving image and a voice input unit capable of inputting sound;
A process accepting unit that accepts at least one of the user's gesture imaged by the imaging unit and the user's voice input to the audio input unit as process designation information;
A transmission unit for transmitting the processing designation information to the electronic key;
With
The electronic key is
When the processing designation information is received from the communication terminal, a processing command corresponding to the processing item indicated by the received processing designation information among processing items that can be executed on the vehicle is sent to the vehicle. A vehicle control system comprising a command transmission unit for transmission.
 このような構成によれば、通信端末は、ユーザのジェスチャー又は音声を示す処理指定情報を電子キーに送信する機能を備えていればよく、ユーザにより入力された処理指定情報が何を意味しているのかを認識する必要はない。ユーザにより入力された処理指定情報が何を意味しているのかを認識する処理は電子キーにて行われる。そのため、通信端末の処理負荷を低減することができる。 According to such a configuration, the communication terminal only needs to have a function of transmitting the process designation information indicating the user's gesture or voice to the electronic key, and what the process designation information input by the user means There is no need to recognize if it is. The process of recognizing what the process designation information input by the user means is performed using an electronic key. Therefore, the processing load on the communication terminal can be reduced.
 なお、図8のS34~S38の処理、及びS42~S46の処理が、上記処理受付部の処理の一例に相当する。また、S34で認識したジェスチャーパターン又はこれに対応した操作内容、及びS42で認識した音声パターン又はこれに対応した操作内容が、上記処理指定情報の一例に相当する。 Note that the processes of S34 to S38 and the processes of S42 to S46 in FIG. 8 correspond to an example of the process of the process accepting unit. The gesture pattern recognized in S34 or the operation content corresponding thereto and the voice pattern recognized in S42 or the operation content corresponding thereto correspond to an example of the processing designation information.
 (E)車両と、
 前記車両と無線通信可能な電子キーと、
 前記電子キーと無線通信可能な通信端末と、
 を備え、
 前記通信端末は、
 動画を撮影可能な撮像部、及び音声を入力可能な音声入力部、のうち少なくとも一方と、
 前記撮像部により撮影されたユーザのジェスチャー、及び前記音声入力部に入力されたユーザの音声、のうち少なくとも一方を処理指定情報として受け付ける処理受付部と、
 前記処理指定情報を前記電子キーへ送信する端末側送信部と、
 を備え、
 前記電子キーは、前記通信端末から送信された前記処理指定情報を受信した場合にその受信した処理指定情報を中継して前記車両へ送信する中継送信部を備え、
 前記車両は、
 前記電子キーから前記処理指定情報を受信した場合に、前記処理指定情報が示す処理項目を実行する処理実行部を備える
 ことを特徴とする車両制御システム。
(E) a vehicle;
An electronic key capable of wireless communication with the vehicle;
A communication terminal capable of wireless communication with the electronic key;
With
The communication terminal is
At least one of an imaging unit capable of capturing a moving image and a voice input unit capable of inputting sound;
A process accepting unit that accepts at least one of the user's gesture imaged by the imaging unit and the user's voice input to the audio input unit as process designation information;
A terminal-side transmitter that transmits the processing designation information to the electronic key;
With
The electronic key includes a relay transmission unit that relays the received process designation information to the vehicle when the process designation information transmitted from the communication terminal is received,
The vehicle is
A vehicle control system comprising: a process execution unit that executes a process item indicated by the process designation information when the process designation information is received from the electronic key.
 このような構成によれば、通信端末及び電子キーのいずれも、ユーザのジェスチャー又は音声を示す処理指定情報を送信する機能を備えていればよく、ユーザにより入力された処理指定情報が何を意味しているのかを認識する必要はない。ユーザにより入力された処理指定情報が何を意味しているのかを認識する処理は車両にて行われる。そのため、通信端末及び電子キーの処理負荷を低減することができる。 According to such a configuration, it is sufficient that both the communication terminal and the electronic key have a function of transmitting process designation information indicating the user's gesture or voice, and what the process designation information input by the user means There is no need to recognize what they are doing. The process of recognizing what the process designation information input by the user means is performed by the vehicle. Therefore, the processing load on the communication terminal and the electronic key can be reduced.
 (F)車両と無線通信可能な電子キーであって、
 前記車両に対して特定の処理を実行させるための、その実行させる処理の内容を示す処理項目の指定入力を受け付ける指定入力部と、
 前記指定入力部により入力された前記処理項目を示す処理コマンドを前記車両へ送信するコマンド送信部と、
 を備えることを特徴とする電子キー。
(F) An electronic key capable of wireless communication with a vehicle,
A designation input unit for receiving a designation input of a process item indicating the content of the process to be executed, for causing the vehicle to execute a specific process;
A command transmission unit for transmitting a processing command indicating the processing item input by the designation input unit to the vehicle;
An electronic key characterized by comprising:

Claims (3)

  1.  車両制御システムであって、
     車両と無線通信可能に構成された電子キーと、
     前記電子キーと無線通信可能に構成された通信端末と、
     を備え、
     前記通信端末は、
     前記車両に対して特定の処理を実行させるための、その実行させる処理の内容を示す処理項目の指定入力を受け付けるように構成された指定入力部と、
     前記指定入力部により入力された前記処理項目を示す処理指令を前記電子キーへ送信するように構成された指令送信部と、
     を備え、
     前記電子キーは、
     前記通信端末から前記処理指令を受信した場合に、その処理指令に対応した前記処理項目を示す処理コマンドを前記車両へ送信するように構成されたコマンド送信部を備える、車両制御システム。
    A vehicle control system,
    An electronic key configured for wireless communication with the vehicle;
    A communication terminal configured to be capable of wireless communication with the electronic key;
    With
    The communication terminal is
    A designation input unit configured to receive a designation input of a process item indicating the content of the process to be executed for causing the vehicle to execute a specific process;
    A command transmission unit configured to transmit a processing command indicating the processing item input by the designation input unit to the electronic key;
    With
    The electronic key is
    A vehicle control system comprising: a command transmission unit configured to transmit, to the vehicle, a processing command indicating the processing item corresponding to the processing command when the processing command is received from the communication terminal.
  2.  請求項1に記載の車両制御システムであって、
     前記通信端末は、
     所定の端末側固有情報が記憶された端末側記憶部を備え、
     前記指令送信部は、前記処理指令を電子キーへ送信する際、前記端末側記憶部に記憶されている前記端末側固有情報を送信するように構成されており、
     前記電子キーは、
     所定のキー側固有情報が記憶されたキー側記憶部と、
     前記通信端末から前記処理指令及び前記端末側固有情報を受信した場合に、その受信した端末側固有情報と前記キー側記憶部に記憶されている前記キー側固有情報とが特定の関係にあるか否か判断するように構成された固有情報判断部と、
     を備え、
     前記コマンド送信部は、前記固有情報判断部により前記特定の関係にあると判断された場合に前記処理コマンドの送信を行うように構成されている、車両制御システム。
    The vehicle control system according to claim 1,
    The communication terminal is
    A terminal-side storage unit in which predetermined terminal-side unique information is stored;
    The command transmission unit is configured to transmit the terminal side unique information stored in the terminal side storage unit when transmitting the processing command to the electronic key,
    The electronic key is
    A key-side storage unit in which predetermined key-side unique information is stored;
    Whether the received terminal-side unique information and the key-side unique information stored in the key-side storage unit have a specific relationship when the processing command and the terminal-side unique information are received from the communication terminal A unique information determination unit configured to determine whether or not;
    With
    The vehicle control system, wherein the command transmission unit is configured to transmit the processing command when the specific information determination unit determines that the specific relationship is established.
  3.  請求項1又は請求項2に記載の車両制御システムであって、
     前記通信端末は、
     動画を撮影可能に構成された撮像部、及び音声を入力可能に構成された音声入力部、のうち少なくとも一方を備え、
     前記指定入力部は、前記撮像部により撮影されたユーザのジェスチャー、及び前記音声入力部に入力されたユーザの音声、のうち少なくとも一方に基づいて前記処理項目の指定入力を受け付け可能に構成されている、車両制御システム。
    The vehicle control system according to claim 1 or 2,
    The communication terminal is
    Including at least one of an imaging unit configured to be capable of capturing a moving image and an audio input unit configured to be able to input audio;
    The designation input unit is configured to accept designation input of the processing item based on at least one of a user gesture photographed by the imaging unit and a user voice inputted to the voice input unit. Vehicle control system.
PCT/JP2015/064069 2014-05-16 2015-05-15 Vehicle control system WO2015174526A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016519318A JP6664048B2 (en) 2014-05-16 2015-05-15 vehicle

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014102321 2014-05-16
JP2014-102321 2014-05-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015174526A1 true WO2015174526A1 (en) 2015-11-19

Family

ID=54480061

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/064069 WO2015174526A1 (en) 2014-05-16 2015-05-15 Vehicle control system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (5) JP6664048B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2015174526A1 (en)

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017047867A (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 富士重工業株式会社 Electronic key system
JP2017121865A (en) * 2016-01-07 2017-07-13 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Automatic drive vehicle
JP2017144834A (en) * 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 オムロンオートモーティブエレクトロニクス株式会社 Vehicle control system
JP2017149278A (en) * 2016-02-25 2017-08-31 オムロンオートモーティブエレクトロニクス株式会社 Vehicle control system
JP2017154689A (en) * 2016-03-04 2017-09-07 オムロンオートモーティブエレクトロニクス株式会社 Vehicle control system
WO2017157541A1 (en) * 2016-03-14 2017-09-21 Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for controlling access to a vehicle
JP2017172145A (en) * 2016-03-22 2017-09-28 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Electronic key system
JP2018045397A (en) * 2016-09-14 2018-03-22 本田技研工業株式会社 Automatic operation vehicle
WO2018059725A1 (en) * 2016-09-27 2018-04-05 Daimler Ag Method for controlling an access authorization and/or drive authorization for a vehicle
WO2018074057A1 (en) * 2016-10-21 2018-04-26 ソニー株式会社 Information processing device, information processing system, information processing method, and program
JP2018071212A (en) * 2016-10-31 2018-05-10 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Door lock device for vehicle
JP2018190295A (en) * 2017-05-10 2018-11-29 株式会社デンソー Traffic inducing terminal
WO2019044662A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-07 株式会社オートネットワーク技術研究所 Vehicular communication system, control program, portable device, and control method
JP2019078040A (en) * 2017-10-23 2019-05-23 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Key unit and control system
JP2019078042A (en) * 2017-10-23 2019-05-23 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Vehicle operation device and vehicle system
JP2019144756A (en) * 2018-02-19 2019-08-29 株式会社デンソーテン Vehicle remote operation device, vehicle remote operation system and vehicle remote operation method
JP2019199245A (en) * 2018-05-18 2019-11-21 株式会社シマノ Key unit for human-power driven vehicle, and locking system
CN110758319A (en) * 2019-09-26 2020-02-07 上海思致汽车工程技术有限公司 Automobile keyless starting method and automobile
CN110945778A (en) * 2017-08-28 2020-03-31 株式会社日立产机系统 Motor drive system
CN111169410A (en) * 2018-11-13 2020-05-19 上海汽车集团股份有限公司 Remote control key long-press instruction identification method and vehicle body controller
JP2020516512A (en) * 2017-03-16 2020-06-11 ローベルト ボツシユ ゲゼルシヤフト ミツト ベシユレンクテル ハフツングRobert Bosch Gmbh Intelligent wireless access system and method for a vehicle
JP2020096331A (en) * 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 泰昌 安 Remote monitoring software program
WO2020213668A1 (en) * 2019-04-19 2020-10-22 株式会社Ihi Remote operation device and remote operation system
JP2021046121A (en) * 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 フォルシアクラリオン・エレクトロニクス株式会社 Control device, on-vehicle device and control method
EP3943345A1 (en) * 2020-07-21 2022-01-26 Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG Actuating system for a movable part of a vehicle
JP2022048453A (en) * 2020-09-15 2022-03-28 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Vehicle control system and vehicle
JP7481393B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2024-05-10 ローベルト ボツシユ ゲゼルシヤフト ミツト ベシユレンクテル ハフツング Intelligent access system and method for vehicles

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004074850A (en) * 2002-08-12 2004-03-11 Mazda Motor Corp Keyless entry system
JP2008033438A (en) * 2006-07-26 2008-02-14 Toyota Motor Corp Remote vehicle operation system
JP2013185376A (en) * 2012-03-08 2013-09-19 Omron Automotive Electronics Co Ltd Communication system, communication method, and portable machine
JP2014085954A (en) * 2012-10-25 2014-05-12 Kyocera Corp Portable terminal device, program and input operation accepting method

Family Cites Families (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0760476B2 (en) * 1985-12-26 1995-06-28 パイオニア株式会社 Vehicle information display device
AUPM402394A0 (en) * 1994-02-23 1994-03-17 Monaad Corporation Pty Limited Security access arrangement
JP4042567B2 (en) * 2003-01-09 2008-02-06 株式会社デンソー In-vehicle wireless communication device
JP2005240349A (en) * 2004-02-25 2005-09-08 Denso Corp Vehicle operation failure notifying system and on-vehicle notifying device
JP2006027356A (en) * 2004-07-13 2006-02-02 Denso Corp Abnormality informing system for vehicle
JP2006118220A (en) * 2004-10-21 2006-05-11 Nippon Dempa Kogyo Co Ltd Keyless entry system capable of operating air conditioner
JP2006352460A (en) * 2005-06-15 2006-12-28 Toyota Motor Corp Remote control system, service center and remote controller
JP4453683B2 (en) * 2006-06-16 2010-04-21 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Remote control device
JP4038551B1 (en) * 2007-02-07 2008-01-30 クオリティ株式会社 Vehicle management system and qualification management program
US7821383B2 (en) * 2007-10-10 2010-10-26 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Apparatus for medium-range vehicle communications and control
US8373541B2 (en) * 2008-09-16 2013-02-12 Lear Corporation Vehicle remote control system
JP5428317B2 (en) * 2008-12-15 2014-02-26 マツダ株式会社 Keyless entry system
JP2010202043A (en) 2009-03-03 2010-09-16 Denso Corp Power consumption reducing device for vehicle
JP5319388B2 (en) * 2009-05-13 2013-10-16 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Remote control system and remote control method
GB201008710D0 (en) * 2010-05-25 2010-07-07 Jaguar Cars Vehicle communications
JP6035717B2 (en) * 2011-08-30 2016-11-30 アイシン精機株式会社 Vehicle control apparatus and computer program for portable information terminal
JP2013085316A (en) * 2011-10-06 2013-05-09 Toyota Motor Corp Charging assist system and electric vehicle
JP5557826B2 (en) * 2011-11-24 2014-07-23 オムロンオートモーティブエレクトロニクス株式会社 Information communication system and portable device for vehicle
JP5582578B2 (en) * 2011-11-24 2014-09-03 オムロンオートモーティブエレクトロニクス株式会社 Vehicle portable device and information communication system
JP2013124522A (en) * 2011-12-15 2013-06-24 Mitsubishi Motors Corp Lock, unlock, and start system
JP5875436B2 (en) * 2012-03-29 2016-03-02 富士通テン株式会社 Vehicle control apparatus and information processing apparatus
JP5729345B2 (en) * 2012-04-10 2015-06-03 株式会社デンソー Emotion monitoring system
JP5881529B2 (en) * 2012-05-21 2016-03-09 アルパイン株式会社 Mobile terminal device
JP5950717B2 (en) * 2012-06-25 2016-07-13 アルパイン株式会社 Client device
JP2014219886A (en) * 2013-05-10 2014-11-20 アルパイン株式会社 Terminal device, submission information transmission method, submission information transmission program, and submission information display system
JP3185121U (en) * 2013-05-21 2013-08-01 アルプス電気株式会社 Two-way communication system
JP2013250999A (en) * 2013-08-23 2013-12-12 Panasonic Corp On-vehicle device and data transmission processing method
US20170019480A1 (en) 2014-04-10 2017-01-19 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Mobile device, vehicle remote control system, and vehicle remote control method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004074850A (en) * 2002-08-12 2004-03-11 Mazda Motor Corp Keyless entry system
JP2008033438A (en) * 2006-07-26 2008-02-14 Toyota Motor Corp Remote vehicle operation system
JP2013185376A (en) * 2012-03-08 2013-09-19 Omron Automotive Electronics Co Ltd Communication system, communication method, and portable machine
JP2014085954A (en) * 2012-10-25 2014-05-12 Kyocera Corp Portable terminal device, program and input operation accepting method

Cited By (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017047867A (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 富士重工業株式会社 Electronic key system
JP2017121865A (en) * 2016-01-07 2017-07-13 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Automatic drive vehicle
JP2017144834A (en) * 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 オムロンオートモーティブエレクトロニクス株式会社 Vehicle control system
JP2017149278A (en) * 2016-02-25 2017-08-31 オムロンオートモーティブエレクトロニクス株式会社 Vehicle control system
JP2017154689A (en) * 2016-03-04 2017-09-07 オムロンオートモーティブエレクトロニクス株式会社 Vehicle control system
WO2017157541A1 (en) * 2016-03-14 2017-09-21 Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for controlling access to a vehicle
JP2017172145A (en) * 2016-03-22 2017-09-28 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Electronic key system
JP2018045397A (en) * 2016-09-14 2018-03-22 本田技研工業株式会社 Automatic operation vehicle
WO2018059725A1 (en) * 2016-09-27 2018-04-05 Daimler Ag Method for controlling an access authorization and/or drive authorization for a vehicle
WO2018074057A1 (en) * 2016-10-21 2018-04-26 ソニー株式会社 Information processing device, information processing system, information processing method, and program
JP2018071212A (en) * 2016-10-31 2018-05-10 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Door lock device for vehicle
JP2020516512A (en) * 2017-03-16 2020-06-11 ローベルト ボツシユ ゲゼルシヤフト ミツト ベシユレンクテル ハフツングRobert Bosch Gmbh Intelligent wireless access system and method for a vehicle
JP7481393B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2024-05-10 ローベルト ボツシユ ゲゼルシヤフト ミツト ベシユレンクテル ハフツング Intelligent access system and method for vehicles
JP2018190295A (en) * 2017-05-10 2018-11-29 株式会社デンソー Traffic inducing terminal
CN110945778B (en) * 2017-08-28 2023-08-15 株式会社日立产机系统 Motor driving system
CN110945778A (en) * 2017-08-28 2020-03-31 株式会社日立产机系统 Motor drive system
JP2019047302A (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-22 株式会社オートネットワーク技術研究所 Vehicle communication system, control program, mobile device, and control method
WO2019044662A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-07 株式会社オートネットワーク技術研究所 Vehicular communication system, control program, portable device, and control method
JP2019078040A (en) * 2017-10-23 2019-05-23 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Key unit and control system
JP2019078042A (en) * 2017-10-23 2019-05-23 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Vehicle operation device and vehicle system
US11029840B2 (en) 2017-10-23 2021-06-08 Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha Vehicle manipulation device, vehicle system, vehicle manipulation method, and storage medium
JP7053216B2 (en) 2017-10-23 2022-04-12 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Vehicle control device and vehicle system
JP2019144756A (en) * 2018-02-19 2019-08-29 株式会社デンソーテン Vehicle remote operation device, vehicle remote operation system and vehicle remote operation method
JP7032950B2 (en) 2018-02-19 2022-03-09 株式会社デンソーテン Vehicle remote control device, vehicle remote control system and vehicle remote control method
JP6999491B2 (en) 2018-05-18 2022-01-18 株式会社シマノ Lock system
JP2019199245A (en) * 2018-05-18 2019-11-21 株式会社シマノ Key unit for human-power driven vehicle, and locking system
CN111169410A (en) * 2018-11-13 2020-05-19 上海汽车集团股份有限公司 Remote control key long-press instruction identification method and vehicle body controller
JP2020096331A (en) * 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 泰昌 安 Remote monitoring software program
CN113711151A (en) * 2019-04-19 2021-11-26 株式会社Ihi Remote operation device and remote operation system
JP2020177522A (en) * 2019-04-19 2020-10-29 株式会社Ihi Remote operation device and remote operation system
WO2020213668A1 (en) * 2019-04-19 2020-10-22 株式会社Ihi Remote operation device and remote operation system
JP2021046121A (en) * 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 フォルシアクラリオン・エレクトロニクス株式会社 Control device, on-vehicle device and control method
CN110758319A (en) * 2019-09-26 2020-02-07 上海思致汽车工程技术有限公司 Automobile keyless starting method and automobile
EP3943345A1 (en) * 2020-07-21 2022-01-26 Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG Actuating system for a movable part of a vehicle
JP2022048453A (en) * 2020-09-15 2022-03-28 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Vehicle control system and vehicle
JP7310765B2 (en) 2020-09-15 2023-07-19 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Vehicle control system and vehicle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2021107678A (en) 2021-07-29
JP6857920B2 (en) 2021-04-14
JP2023159063A (en) 2023-10-31
JP2020090887A (en) 2020-06-11
JP6664048B2 (en) 2020-03-13
JP7345919B2 (en) 2023-09-19
JP2022126633A (en) 2022-08-30
JPWO2015174526A1 (en) 2017-04-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7345919B2 (en) vehicle
CN108241371B (en) Automatic driving system
CN110099836B (en) Vehicle and method of controlling display therein
CN106027749B (en) Vehicle, mobile terminal and control method thereof
US10386835B2 (en) System and method for externally interfacing with an autonomous vehicle
US10369967B2 (en) Vehicle and program for vehicle
CN105916742B (en) Vehicular system for activating vehicle assembly
CN109383404B (en) Display system, display method, and medium storing program
JP6590281B2 (en) Automotive and automotive programs
JPWO2019087432A1 (en) Vehicle use support system and vehicle use support method
KR101631959B1 (en) Vehicle control system and method thereof
KR102459537B1 (en) Apparatus for opening door of vehicle and method thereof
CN104729518B (en) The method of mobile terminal and control mobile terminal
KR20160121017A (en) Mobile terminal, vehicle and mobile terminal link system
KR20190098795A (en) Vehicle device and control meghod of transportation system comprising thereof
JP2019160140A (en) Vehicle utilization system and vehicle utilization method
KR101698102B1 (en) Apparatus for controlling vehicle and method for controlling the same
KR20160063088A (en) Smart key system interlocked with smart device for vehicles
KR101902657B1 (en) IoT security apparatus for retrieving vehicle in smart car, method thereof and computer recordable medium storing program to perform the method
JP2023064442A (en) Server, information processing system, and information processing method
KR20180040820A (en) Vehicle interface device, vehicle and mobile terminal link system
JP7020429B2 (en) Cameras, camera processing methods, servers, server processing methods and information processing equipment
KR101892498B1 (en) Vehicle interface device, vehicle and mobile terminal link system
JP7439810B2 (en) Server, information processing system and information processing method
JP2024049043A (en) Remote control device, operation method for remote control device, and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15792746

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016519318

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15792746

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1